Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System....

346
1 Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle at all times. The Navigation System is one of the most technologically advanced vehicle accessories ever developed. The system receives satellite sig- nals from the Global Positioning System (GPS) operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. Using these signals and other vehicle sen- sors, the system indicates your present position and assists in locating a desired destination. The navigation system is designed to select efficient routes from your present starting location to your destination. The system is also designed to direct you to a destination that is unfamiliar to you in an efficient manner. The system uses DENSO maps. The calculated routes may not be the shortest nor the least traffic congested. Your own personal local knowl- edge or “short cut” may at times be faster than the calculated routes. The navigation system’s database includes Point of Interest categories to allow you to easily select destinations such as restaurants and hotels. If a destination is not in the database, you can enter the street address or a major intersection close to it and the system will guide you there. The system will provide both a visual map and audio instructions. The au- dio instructions will announce the distance remaining and the direction to turn in approaching an intersection. These voice instructions will help you keep your eyes on the road and are timed to provide enough time to allow you to maneuver, change lanes or slow down.

Transcript of Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System....

Page 1: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

1

Introduction

This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System.Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep thismanual in your vehicle at all times.

The Navigation System is one of the most technologically advancedvehicle accessories ever developed. The system receives satellite sig-nals from the Global Positioning System (GPS) operated by the U.S.Department of Defense. Using these signals and other vehicle sen-sors, the system indicates your present position and assists in locatinga desired destination.

The navigation system is designed to select efficient routes from yourpresent starting location to your destination. The system is also designedto direct you to a destination that is unfamiliar to you in an efficient manner.The system uses DENSO maps. The calculated routes may not be theshortest nor the least traffic congested. Your own personal local knowl-edge or “short cut” may at times be faster than the calculated routes.

The navigation system’s database includes Point of Interest categories toallow you to easily select destinations such as restaurants and hotels. Ifa destination is not in the database, you can enter the street address ora major intersection close to it and the system will guide you there.

The system will provide both a visual map and audio instructions. The au-dio instructions will announce the distance remaining and the direction toturn in approaching an intersection. These voice instructions will help youkeep your eyes on the road and are timed to provide enough time to allowyou to maneuver, change lanes or slow down.

Page 2: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

2

Please be aware that all current vehicle navigation systems havecertain limitations that may affect their ability to perform properly.The accuracy of the vehicle’s position depends on the satellite con-dition, road configuration, vehicle condition or other circumstan-ces. For more information on the limitations of the system, refer topages 324 through 325.

Page 3: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

3

For safety reasons, this manual indicatesitems requiring particular attention with thefollowing marks.

CAUTIONThis is a warning against anythingwhich may cause injury to people ifthe warning is ignored. You are in-formed about what you must or mustnot do in order to reduce the risk ofinjury to yourself and others.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anythingwhich may cause damage to the ve-hicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed aboutwhat you must or must not do in or-der to avoid or reduce the risk of dam-age to your vehicle and its equip-ment.

INFORMATIONThis provides additional information.

To use this system in the safest possiblemanner, follow all the safety tips shown be-low.

This system is intended to assist in reach-ing the destination and, if used properly,can do so. The driver is solely responsiblefor the safe operation of your vehicle andthe safety of your passengers.

Do not use any feature of this system to theextent it becomes a distraction and pre-vents safe driving. The first priority whiledriving should always be the safe opera-tion of the vehicle. While driving, be sureto observe all traffic regulations.

Prior to the actual use of this system, learnhow to use it and become thoroughly famil-iar with it. Read the entire Navigation Sys-tem Owner’s Manual to make sure you un-derstand the system. Do not allow otherpeople to use this system until they haveread and understood the instructions inthis manual.

For your safety, some functions may be-come inoperable when driving. Unavail-able touch screen buttons are dimmed.Only when the vehicle is not moving, canthe destination and route selection bedone.

Important information aboutthis manual Safety Instruction

Page 4: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

4

CAUTION

� For safety, the driver should notoperate the navigation systemwhile he/she is driving.Insufficient attention to the roadand traffic may cause an accident.

� While driving, be sure to obey thetraffic regulations and maintainawareness of the road conditions.If a traffic sign on the road hasbeen changed, route guidancemay not have the updatedinformation such as the directionof a one way street.

While driving, listen to the voice instruc-tions as much as possible and glance atthe screen briefly and only when it is safe.However, do not totally rely on voice guid-ance. Use it just for reference. If the sys-tem cannot determine the current vehicleposition correctly, there is a possibility ofincorrect, late, or non−voice guidance.

The data in the system may occasionallybe incomplete. Road conditions, includingdriving restrictions (no left turns, street clo-sures, etc.) frequently change. Therefore,before following any instruction from thesystem, look to see whether the instructioncan be done safely and legally.

This system cannot warn about suchthings as the safety of an area, condition ofstreets, and availability of emergency ser-vices. If unsure about the safety of anarea, do not drive into it. Under no cir-cumstances is this system a substitutefor the driver’s personal judgement.

Use this system only in locations where itis legal to do so. Some states/provincesmay have laws prohibiting the use of videoand navigation screens next to the driver.

Page 5: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

5

Table of ContentsQuick guide —

— Overview buttons and guidance screen 10. . . . . . . . . . . — Registering home 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Registering preset destinations 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Operation flow: guiding the route 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Setting home as the destination 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation system function index 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick reference (“Destination” screen) 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick reference (“Setup” screen) 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick reference (“Information” screen) 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 Basic Functions⟨Basic information before operation⟩Initial screen 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Touch screen operation 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inputting letters and numbers/List screen operation 28. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Screen adjustment 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Function help 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Map screen operation 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position display 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen scroll operation 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching the screens 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map scale 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot print map 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation of the map 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map icons 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Speech command system 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command list 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick Guide

Page 6: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

6

2 Destination SearchDestination search 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selecting the search area 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by Home 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by Preset destinations 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Address” 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Point of Interest” 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Previous Destinations” 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Address Book” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Emergency” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Intersection & Freeway” 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Map” 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Coordinates” 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting set destinations 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Starting route guidance 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 Route GuidanceRoute guidance screen 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Typical voice guidance prompts 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Distance and time to destination 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting and deleting destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reordering destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting destinations 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting route 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detour setting 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route overview 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route preference 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pausing and resuming guidance 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Show on map 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display POI∗ icons 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route trace 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XM� NavTraffic 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

∗: Point of Interest

Page 7: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

7

4 My PlacesNavigation settings 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting up the “Home” 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Preset Destinations” 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Address Book” 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Areas to Avoid” 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting previous destinations 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 Telephone and InformationTelephone (Hands−free system for cellular phone) 122. . . . . . . . .

Enter a Bluetooth� phone 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call on the Bluetooth� phone 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receive on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Talk on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Calendar 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 Audio/video systemQuick reference 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using your audio/video system 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Some basics 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio operation 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD changer operation 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� audio operation 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD player operation 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB memory/iPod operation 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Audio/video remote controls 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video system operating hints 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 Rear View Monitor SystemRear view monitor system 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 8: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

8

8 SetupGeneral settings 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clock settings 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Voice settings 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Navigation settings 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Detailed navigation settings 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Telephone settings 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume setting 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manage phone 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phonebook 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the phonebook 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speed dials setting 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting call history 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the voice tag 297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Details 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Audio settings 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Select portable player 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settings Bluetooth� audio 311. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vehicle settings 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintenance 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 AppendixLimitations of the navigation system 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Map database information and updates 326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changing the map DVD−ROM 335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Index 339. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For information about the optional “Rear seat entertainment system”,please refer to the Owner’s Manual.

Page 9: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

9

Page 10: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

10

No. Name Function Page

1North−up orheading−upsymbol

This symbol indicates a map view withnorth−up or heading−up. Touching thissymbol changes the map orientation.

43

2 Scale indicator This figure indicates the map scale. 42

3“MAP/VOICE”button

Push this button to repeat a voice guid-ance, cancel one touch scroll, startguidance, and display the current posi-tion.

33, 82

4 “DEST” button Push this button to display the “Destina-tion” screen.

12, 14, 16, 17,20, 52

5“INFO/PHONE”button

Push this button to display the “Informa-tion” screen.

23, 126, 143,335, 336

6 “DISP” button Push this button to display the “Display”screen. 31

Quick guide —— Overview buttons and guidance screen

Page 11: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

11

No. Name Function Page

7 Zoom out button Touch this button to reduce the mapscale. 42

8 “��Off”

Touch this button to obtain a broaderview. Some of the buttons on thescreen are not displayed. They are dis-played again by touching “On��”.

267

9 “Mark”Touch this button to register the currentposition or the cursor position as amemory point.

35

10 “Route” Touch this button to change the route. 84, 86

11 “Show on Map”

Touch this button to browse informationabout guidance route, to set the Pointsof Interest to be displayed on thescreen, or to record the route.

92, 96, 97, 99

12 Zoom in button Touch this button to magnify the mapscale. 42

13Foot print mapbutton

Touch this button to display the foot printmap and the building information. 42

14 “SETUP” button Push this button to display the “Setup”screen.

22, 102, 252,257, 259, 261,270, 309, 316

15Screenconfigurationbutton

Touch this button to change the screenmode. 39

16Distance andtime todestination

Displays the distance, the estimatedtravel time to the destination, and theestimated arrival time at the destination.

83

17XM� NavTrafficmark

This mark is displayed when XM� Nav-Traffic information is received. 98

18

“GPS” mark(GlobalPositioningSystem)

Whenever the vehicle is receiving sig-nals from the GPS, this mark is dis-played.

324

Page 12: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

12

1 Push the “DEST” button.

2 Touch “Go Home”.

If home has not been registered, you canregister it by touching “Go Home”.

3 Touch “Yes”.

4 There are 4 different methods tosearch your home.

See “Destination search” on page 52.

— Registering home

Page 13: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

13

5 Touch “Enter”.

The “Edit Home” screen is displayed.

6 Touch “OK”.

Registration of home is complete.

You can also register home by touching the“SETUP” button. (See “ (a) Registeringhome” on page 103.)

You can change the name, location, phonenumber and icon. (See “ (b) Editing home”on page 104.)

Page 14: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

14

U0002SNI

1 Push the “DEST” button.

2 Touch one of the preset destina-tion buttons.

You can set a preset destination to any pre-set destination button that has not yet beenset.

3 Touch “Yes”.

4 There are 4 different methods tosearch preset destinations.

See “Destination search” on page 52.

— Registering preset destinations

Page 15: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

15

5 Touch “Enter”.

The “Edit Preset Destination” screen isdisplayed.

6 Touch “OK”.

Registration of preset destinations is com-plete.

You can also register preset destinationsby touching the “SETUP” button. (See “ (a) Registering preset destinations”on page 106.)

You can change the name, location, phonenumber and icon. (See “ (b) Editing presetdestinations” on page 107.)

The registered points can be used on the“Destination” screen. (See “ — Destina-tion search by Preset destinations” onpage 54.)

Page 16: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

16

1 Push the “DEST” button.

2 There are 10 different methodsto search destinations.

See “Destination search” on page 52.

3 Touch “Go to ”.

The navigation system performs a searchfor the route.

4 Touch “OK”, and start driving.

Routes other than the one recommendedcan also be selected. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

5 Guidance to the destination isgiven via voice and on the guid-ance screen.

— Operation flow: guiding the route

Page 17: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

17

1 Push the “DEST” button.

2 Touch “Go Home”.

“ Go Home” can be used if your home hasbeen registered. (To register “Home”, see“ (a) Registering home” on page 103.)

3 Touch “Go to ”.

The navigation system performs a searchfor the route.

4 Touch “OK”, and start driving.

Routes other than the one recommendedcan also be selected. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

5 Guidance to the destination isgiven via voice and on the guid-ance screen.

— Setting home as the destination

Page 18: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

18

�Map�Displaying maps Page

Viewing the map screen 10

Displaying the current vehicle position 33

Viewing the current position vicinity map 34

Changing the scale 42

Changing the map orientation 43

Displaying Point of Interest 92

Displaying the estimated travel/arrival time to the destination 83

Selecting the dual map screen 39

Viewing foot print map 42

Hiding map screen touch screen buttons 267

Searching destination Page

Searching the destination (by home, Point of Interest, phone #, etc.)

52

Changing the selected region 52

Operating the map location of the selected destination 72

�Route guidance�Before starting route guidance Page

Setting the destination 72

Viewing alternative routes 72

Starting route guidance 72

Before starting or during route guidance Page

Viewing the route 72

Adding destinations 84

Changing the route 86

Displaying the estimated travel/arrival time to the destination 83

Navigation system function index

Page 19: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

19

During route guidance Page

Pausing route guidance 91

Adjusting route guidance volume 260

Deleting the destination 71, 85

Displaying the entire route map 87

�Useful functions�Address book Page

Registering your own address book entries 108

Marking icons on the map 110

Information Page

Displaying vehicle maintenance 316

Displaying the calendar 143

Hands−free system (for cellular phone) Page

Initiating Bluetooth� 126

Making a call on the Bluetooth� phone 132

Receiving a call on the Bluetooth� phone 139

Speech command system Page

Operating the system with your voice 44

Page 20: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

20

The “Destination” screen allows you to search for a destination. To display the “Destina-tion” screen, push the “DEST” button.

1 “Address”A house number and the street addresscan be input by using the input keys.

55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 “Point of Interest”

Select one of the many Points of Interestthat have already been stored in the sys-tem’s database. 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 “Previous Destinations”

A destination can be selected from any ofthe last 100 previously set destinationsand from the previous starting point.

65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 “Del. Dest.”

Set destinations can be deleted. 71. . . . .

5 “?”Function help for the “Destination” screencan be viewed on this screen. 33. . . . . . . 6 “Address Book”

The desired location can be selected froma registered entry in the “Address book”.(To register address book entries, see “(a)Registering address book entries” on page109.) 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 “Emergency”

One of the four categories of emergencyservice points that are already stored in thesystem’s database can be selected.

66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick reference (“Destination” screen)

Page 21: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

21

8 “Intersection & Freeway”The names of two intersecting streets or afreeway (interstate) entrance or exit can beentered. This is helpful if only the generalvicinity, not the specific address, is known.

67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 “Map”

A destination can be selected simply bytouching the location on the displayedmap. 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 “Coordinates”A destination can be set using latitudesand longitudes as coordinates. 71. . . . . . 11 Preset destination touch screen

buttonsOne of 5 preset destination points can beselected by touching the screen directly. Ifa preset destination point has not beenregistered, a message will be displayedand the setting screen will automaticallyappear. To use this function, it is neces-sary to set the “preset destination”. (Toregister a “Preset Destination”, see “(a)Registering preset destinations” on page106.) 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 “Go Home”A personal home address can be selectedwithout entering the address each time. If“Home” has not been registered, a mes-sage will be displayed and the settingscreen will automatically appear. To usethis function, it is necessary to set a“Home” address. (To register “Home”, see“(a) Registering home” on page 103.)

54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 22: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

22

The items shown on the “Setup” screen can be set. To display the “Setup” screen, pushthe “SETUP” button.

1 “General”Settings are available for language selec-tion, operation sounds, automatic screenchange, etc. 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 “Clock”Used for changing settings for time zones,daylight saving time, etc. 257. . . . . . . . .

3 “Voice”Voice guidance can be set. 259. . . . . . .

4 “Navi.”Settings are available for average cruisingspeed, displayed screen contents, POIicon categories, etc. 261. . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 “Vehicle”Settings are available for vehicle informa-tion such as maintenance information.

316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 “Audio”Settings are available for portable audiodevices, Bluetooth� audio devices etc.

309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 “Phone”Bluetooth� phones and phone numberscan be registered, and the receiver volumecan be adjusted. 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick reference (“Setup” screen)

Page 23: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

23

This screen can be used to display the calendar and information on operation of thehands−free phone, etc. To display the “Information” screen, push the “INFO/PHONE”button.

1 “Phone”To view hands free phone information.

126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 “Map Data”

Displays information regarding the mapdata disc version or coverage area.

335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 “Calendar”

To view calendar. 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quick reference (“Information” screen)

Page 24: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

24

Page 25: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 1

BASIC FUNCTIONS

25

BASIC FUNCTIONS

Basic information before operation

� Initial screen 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Touch screen operation 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Inputting letters and numbers/List screen operation 28. . . . . . . . .

� Screen adjustment 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Function help 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Map screen operation 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position display 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen scroll operation 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching the screens 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map scale 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot print map 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation of the map 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map icons 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Speech command system 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command list 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 26: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

26

Vehicles with smart key system —

When the “ENGINE START STOP” switchis in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ONmode, the initial screen will be displayedand the system will begin operating.

Vehicles without smart key system —

When the engine switch is in the “ACC” or“ON” position, the initial screen will bedisplayed and the system will begin oper-ating.

CAUTIONWhen the vehicle is stopped with theengine running, always apply theparking brake for safety.

After a few seconds, the “CAUTION”screen will be displayed.

After about 5 seconds, the “CAUTION”screen automatically switches to the mapscreen. When the “MAP/VOICE” buttonis also pushed, the map screen is dis-played.

While the “CAUTION” screen is displayed,the “DEST” or “SETUP” button cannot beoperated. And if the “Calendar” button onthe “Information” screen is touched, thescreen will change back to the “CAUTION”screen. In about 5 seconds, or when the“MAP/VOICE” button is pushed or the“Show Map” is touched, the “CAUTION”screen will change to the map screen.

Initial screen

Page 27: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

27

� Maintenance informationThis system informs about when to replacecertain parts or components and showsdealer information (if registered) on thescreen.

When the vehicle reaches a previously setdriving distance or date specified for ascheduled maintenance check, the “Infor-mation” screen will be displayed when thenavigation system is in operation.

To disable this screen, touch “Do NotDisplay This Message Again”. Thisscreen goes off if the screen is not op-erated for several seconds.To prevent this information screen from be-ing displayed again, touch “Do NotDisplay This Message Again”.

To register “Maintenance information”, see“—Maintenance” on page 316.

This system is operated mainly by thetouch screen buttons on the screen.

When a button on the screen istouched, a beep sounds. (To set a beepsound, see page 252.)

NOTICE

� To prevent damaging the screen,lightly touch the screen buttonswith your finger.

� Do not use objects other than yourfinger to touch the screen.

� Wipe off fingerprints using a glasscleaning cloth. Do not use chemi-cal cleaners to clean the screen, asthey may damage the touchscreen.

INFORMATION� If the system does not respond to

a touch on a touch screen button,move the finger away from thescreen and then touch it again.

� Dimmed touch screen buttonscannot be operated.

� The displayed image may becomedarker and moving images may beslightly distorted when the displayis cold.

� Under extremely cold conditions,the map may not be displayed andthe data input by a user may be de-leted. Also, the touch screen but-tons may be harder than usual todepress.

� When you look at the screenthrough polarized material such aspolarized sunglasses, the screenmay be dark and hard to see. If so,look at the screen from differentangles, adjust the screen settingson the “Display” screen, or take offyour sunglasses.

Touch screen operation

Page 28: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

28

When searching for an address or a name,or entering, letters and numbers can be in-put via the touch screen.

INFORMATIONKeyboard layout can be changed.(See page 255.)

� To input letters and numbersTo display the alphabet keys, touch“A−Z”.

Enter letters by touching the keys directly.

: Touching this button erases one

letter. By holding this button, let-ters will continue to be erased.

On certain letter entry screens, letters canbe entered in upper or lower case.

: To enter in lower case.

: To enter in upper case.

Inputting letters andnumbers/List screenoperation

Page 29: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

29

� To input symbolsTo display symbol keys, touch “Other”.

Enter symbols by touching the symbolkeys directly.

: Touching this button erases one

letter. By holding this button, let-ters will continue to be erased.

� To display the list

To search for an address or a name, touch“OK”. Matching items from the databaseare listed even if the entered address orname is incomplete.

If the number of matches is five or less, thelist is displayed without touching “OK”.

INFORMATIONThe number of matching items isshown to the right side of the screen.If the number of matching items ismore than 999, the system displays“∗∗” on the screen.

Page 30: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

30

� List screen operationWhen a list is displayed, use the appropri-ate button to scroll through the list.

To shift to the next or previouspage.

Touch or to scroll through

the displayed list.

This expresses a displayed screenposition.

If appears to the right of theitem name, the complete name istoo long for the display. Touchto scroll to the end of the name.

Touch to scroll to the beginningof the name.

� SortingThe order of a list displayed on the screencan be rearranged.

1. Touch “Sort”.

2. Select the desired sorting criteria.Sorting criteria are as follows:

“Distance”: To sort in the order of dis-tance from your current location.

“Date”: To sort in the order of the date.

“Category”: To sort in the order of thecategory.

“Icon”: To sort in the order of the icons.

“Name”: To sort in order by name.

Page 31: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

31

You can adjust the contrast, brightness,color and tone of the screen. You can alsoturn the display off, and change the screento either day or night mode.

� Contrast, brightness, color and toneadjustment

The contrast, brightness, color and tone ofthe screen can be adjusted depending onthe brightness of your surroundings. Youcan also turn the display off.

1. Push the “DISP” button.

Contrast and brightness adjustment2. Touch the desired button to adjustcontrast and brightness.“Contrast” “+”: Strengthens the contrastof the screen.

“Contrast” “–”: Weakens the contrast ofthe screen.

“Brightness” “+”: Brightens the screen.

“Brightness” “–”: Darkens the screen.

3. After adjusting the screen, touch“OK”.If your vehicle is equipped with the rearseat entertainment system, the rearscreen turns on or off when “Rear” istouched.

The screen goes off when “Screen Off” istouched. To turn the display screen backon, push the “DISP” button again, or pushthe “DEST” or another screen mode but-ton.

INFORMATIONWhen you do not touch any button onthe “Display” screen for 20 seconds,the previous screen will be displayed.

Screen adjustment

Page 32: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

32

Color and tone adjustment (with rearseat entertainment system)You can also use the remote control tomake adjustments.1. Touch the desired button to adjustcolor and tone.You can adjust the color and the tone whilethe DVD video and video CD are beingplayed.

“Color” “R”: Strengthens the red color ofthe screen.

“Color” “G”: Strengthens the green colorof the screen.

“Tone” “+”: Strengthens the tone of thescreen.

“Tone” “–”: Weakens the tone of thescreen.

2. After adjusting the screen touch“OK”.If your vehicle is equipped with the rearseat entertainment system, the rearscreen turns on or off when “Rear” istouched.

The screen goes off when “Screen Off” istouched. To turn the display screen backon, push the “DISP” button again, or pushthe “DEST” or another screen mode but-ton.

INFORMATIONWhen you do not touch any button onthe “Display” screen for 20 seconds,the previous screen will be displayed.

� Changing between day mode andnight mode

Depending on the position of the headlightswitch, the screen changes to day mode ornight mode.

To display the screen in day mode evenwith the headlight switch on, touch“Day Mode” on the adjustment screenfor brightness and contrast control.If the screen is set in day mode with theheadlight switch turned on, this condition ismemorized in the system even with the en-gine turned off.

Page 33: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

33

When appears on the screen, an ex-

planation of the function can be displayed.

1. Touch .

2. Touch the button of the desiredfunction.

When starting the navigation system, thecurrent position is displayed first.

This screen displays the current vehicleposition and a map of the surrounding localarea.

The current vehicle position mark ( 1 ) ap-pears in the center or bottom center of themap screen.

A street name will appear on the bottom ofthe screen, depending on the scale of themap ( 2 ).

You can return to this map screen thatshows your current position at any timefrom any screen by pushing the “MAP/VOICE” button.

While driving, the current vehicle positionmark is fixed on the screen and the mapmoves.

The current position is automatically set asthe vehicle receives signals from the GPS(Global Positioning System). If the currentposition is not correct, it is automaticallycorrected after the vehicle receives sig-nals from the GPS.

INFORMATION� After battery disconnection, or on

a new vehicle, the current positionmay not be correct. As soon as thesystem receives signals from theGPS, the correct current positionis displayed.

� To correct the current positionmanually, see page 267.

Function helpMap screen operation — — Current position display

Page 34: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

34

When any point on the map is touched,that point moves to the center of the screenand is shown by the cursor mark ( 1 ).

Use the scroll feature to move the desiredpoint to the center of the screen for lookingat a point on the map that is different fromthe current position of the vehicle.

If the finger is continuously held on thescreen, the map will continue scrolling inthat direction until the finger is removed.

A street name, city name, etc. of thetouched point will be shown, depending onthe scale of the map ( 2 ). Distance fromthe current position to will also beshown ( 3 ).

After the screen is scrolled, the map re-mains centered at the selected locationuntil another function is activated. The cur-rent vehicle position mark will continue tomove along your actual route and maymove off the screen. When the “MAP/VOICE” button is pushed, the current ve-hicle position mark returns to the center ofthe screen and the map moves as the ve-hicle proceeds along the designated route.

INFORMATIONWhen the one−touch scroll feature isused, the current vehicle positionmark may disappear from the screen.Move the map with a one−touch scrollagain or push the “MAP/VOICE” but-ton to return to the current vehicleposition map location display.

� To set the cursor position as a des-tination

A specific point on the map can be set asa destination using the one−touch scrollfunction.

Touch “Enter ”.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

— Screen scroll operation(one−touch scroll)

Page 35: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

35

� To register the cursor position as anaddress book entry

Address book entry registration enableseasy access to a specific point.

Touch “Mark”.When you touch “Mark”, the followingscreen appears for a few seconds, andthen the map screen returns.

The registered point is shown by on themap.

To change the icon or name, etc., see “ (b)Editing address book entries” on page 110.

Up to 100 address book entries can be reg-istered. If there is an attempt to registermore than 100 address book entries, anerror message will appear.

Page 36: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

36

� To see information about the iconwhere the cursor is set

To display information about an icon, setthe cursor on it.

POI INFORMATIONWhen the cursor is set on a POI icon, thename and “Info.” are displayed at the topof the screen.

Touch “Info.”.

Information such as the name, address,and phone number are displayed.

If “Enter ” is touched, the position of thecursor is set as a destination.

If there is already a set destination, “Go to” and “Add to Route” are displayed.

“Go to ”: To delete the existing destina-tions and set a new one.

“Add to Route”: To add a destination.

To register this POI as an address bookentry, touch “Mark”. (See page 109.)

If is touched, the registered tele-

phone number can be called.

Page 37: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

37

INFORMATIONThe desired Point of Interest can bedisplayed on the map screen. (See“ — Display POI icons” on page 92.)

ADDRESS BOOK ENTRYINFORMATIONWhen the cursor is set on an address bookentry icon, the name and “Info.” are dis-played at the top of the screen.

Touch “Info.”.

Page 38: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

38

Information such as the name, address,and phone number are displayed.

If “Enter ” is touched, the position of thecursor is set as a destination.

If there is already a set destination, “Go to” and “Add to Route” are displayed.

“Go to ”: To delete the existing destina-tions and set a new one.

“Add to Route”: To add a destination.

To edit an address book entry, touch“Edit”. (See “(b) Editing address book en-tries” on page 110.)

To delete an address book entry, touch“Delete”.

If is touched, the registered tele-

phone number can be called.

DESTINATION INFORMATIONWhen the cursor is set on a destinationicon, the name and “Info.” are displayedon the top of the screen.

Touch “Info.”.

Information such as the name, address,and phone number are displayed.

To delete a destination, touch “Delete”.

If is touched, the registered tele-

phone number can be called.

Page 39: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

39

XM� NavTraffic TEXT INFORMATIONWhen you touch the XM� NavTraffic iconon the map, the XM� NavTraffic info. barwill appear on the upper part of the screen.

Touch “Info.”.

Traffic information is displayed on thescreen.

Touch “Detail” to display detailed trafficevent information.

Any one of the screen configurations canbe selected .

1. Touch this button to display the fol-lowing screen.

2. To select the desired screen config-uration, touch one of the following but-tons.

— Switching the screens

Page 40: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

40

Depending on the conditions, certainscreen configuration buttons cannot beselected.

:To display the single map screen.(See page 40.)

:To display the dual map screen.(See page 41.)

:To display the compass modescreen. (See page 41.)

:To display the freeway screen.(See page 78.)

:

To display the turn list screen.(See page 80.)

:To display the arrow screen. (Seepage 80.)

:To display the intersection guid-ance screen or the guidancescreen on the freeway. (See page79.)

� Screen configurationsSINGLE MAPThis is a regular map screen.

While on a different screen, touching

will display the single

map screen.

The screen shows the single map.

Page 41: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

41

DUAL MAPA map can be displayed split in two.

While on a different screen, touching will display the dual map

screen.

The screen shows the dual map. The mapon the left is the main map.

The right side map can be edited by touch-ing any specific point on the right side map.

This screen can perform the following pro-cedures:

1. Changing the map scale2. Displaying the POI icon3. Show XM� NavTraffic Info. (See page

98.)4. Changing the orientation of the map

Touch “OK” when you complete edi-ting.The screen returns to the dual map screen.

COMPASS MODECurrent vehicle position is indicated with acompass.

While on a different screen, touching will display the compass

mode screen.

Information about the destination and cur-rent position, as well as a compass, is dis-played on the screen.

The destination mark is displayed in the di-rection of the destination. When driving re-fer to the longitude and latitude coordi-nates, and the compass, to make sure thatyour vehicle is headed in the direction ofthe destination.

INFORMATIONWhen the vehicle travels out of thecoverage area, the guidance screenchanges to the compass modescreen.

Page 42: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

42

Touch or to change the scale

of the map display. The scale bar and indi-cator at the bottom of the screen indicatesthe map scale menu. The scale range is150 feet (50 m) to 250 miles (400 km).

Touch or until the scale bar

changes normally. By continuing to touchthe button, the scale bar changes smooth-ly.

The scale of the map display can bechanged by touching the scale bar directly.It is not available while driving.

The map scale is displayed under thenorth−up symbol or heading−up symbol atthe top left of the screen.

INFORMATIONWhen the map scale is at the maxi-mum range of 250 miles (400 km),

is not shown. When the mapscale is at the minimum range of 150feet (50 m), is not shown. Inareas where the foot print map isavailable the map scale changes from

to when at the minimumrange.

For the area which is covered by the footprint map (Some areas in the followingcities: Detroit, Chicago, N.Y., L.A), you canswitch to the foot print map on a scale of 75feet (25 m).

� To switch to the foot print map

changes into when the map

is scaled down to 150 feet (50 m).

To display the foot print map, touch.

To delete the foot print map display, touch

.

INFORMATION� If the map or the current position is

moved to the area which is not cov-ered by the foot print map, thescreen scale automaticallychanges to 150 feet (50 m).

� On the foot print map, a one waystreet is displayed by .

� It is not possible to perform scroll-ing on the foot print map (one−touch scroll) while driving.

Building footprints in the database werecreated and provided by MAPMASTER.

— Map scale — Foot print map

Page 43: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

43

� To display building informationInformation is available only for buildingsfor which information is recorded on themap disc.

Touch “Info.” while the foot print map isdisplayed.

Details of POIs in some buildings may bedisplayed.

For detailed POI information, touch thebuilding name. You can see details of theselected POIs.

The orientation of the map can be changedfrom North−up to Heading−up by touchingthe orientation symbol at the top left of thescreen.

Touch or .

� North−up screen

� Heading−up screen

North−up symbol

Regardless of the direction of vehicle trav-el, North is always up.

Heading−up symbol

The direction of vehicle travel is always up.A red arrow indicates North.

— Orientation of the map

Page 44: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

44

Icon Name

Island

Park

Industry

Business facility

Airport

Military

University

Hospital

Stadium

Shopping mall

Golf

The speech command system enablesyou to operate the navigation system, au-dio system and hands−free system by giv-ing a command.

1. Push the talk switch.After a beep sounds, the “Voice Menu”screen is displayed.

INFORMATIONVoice guidance for the speech com-mand system can be skipped bypushing the talk switch.

—Map icons Speech command system—

Page 45: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

45

2. After a beep sounds, say the com-mand of your choice.

Speech commands are marked with .

Speak the commands as displayed on thescreen.

If you want to check the command list, say“Command list” to display the commandlist screen. (See “—Command list” onpage 47.)

3. Following voice guidance, say thecommand displayed on the screen.If a desired outcome is not shown, or if nochoices are available, say “Go back” ortouch “Go Back” to return to the previousscreen.

To cancel speech command recognition,say “Cancel”, touch “Cancel”, or pushand hold the talk switch.

If the navigation system does not respondor the confirmation screen does not disap-pear, please push the talk switch and tryagain.

If a speech command cannot be recog-nized within 6 seconds, the voice guidancesystem will say “Pardon?” (“Command notrecognized.” will be displayed on thescreen) and speech command receptionwill restart.

If a speech command cannot be recog-nized two consecutive times, the voiceguidance system will say “Paused. To re-start voice recognition, push the talkswitch.”, then be suspended.

Page 46: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

46

� Microphone

It is unnecessary to speak directly intothe microphone when giving a com-mand.

INFORMATION� Wait for the confirmation beep be-

fore speaking a command.� Voice commands may not be rec-

ognized if :� Spoken too quickly� Spoken at a low or high volume� The windows or moon roof are

open� Passengers are talking while

voice commands are spoken

� Speech command example: Search-ing for a route to your home.

1. Push the talk switch.2. Say “Go home”.If a home address is not registered, thevoice guidance system will say “Yourhome is not set” and you will be promptedto enter a home address. (See page 103.)

When the speech command is recog-nized, a map of the area around your homeis displayed.

3. Touch “Enter” or say “Enter”, andthe system starts searching for a routeto your home.To return to the “Voice Menu” screen, say“Go back” or touch “Go Back”.

Touch “Cancel” or say “Cancel”, and thespeech command system will be can-celed.

Page 47: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

47

When you search the destination byPOI, this screen is displayed.

INFORMATIONIn the following conditions, the sys-tem may not recognize the commandproperly and using speech com-mands may not be possible.

� The command is not correct orclear.Note that certain words, accents, orspeech patterns may be difficult forthe system to recognize.

� There are some noises such aswind noise, etc.

The system has a voice recognition com-mand list. You can operate the voice rec-ognition system by saying any commandfrom the displayed command list. Howev-er, the XM� NavTraffic commands cannotbe used where the XM� NavTraffic serviceis not available. (For details, see “XM�NavTraffic” page 98.)

1. Push the talk switch.

2. Say “Command list”.

3. Say the command of your choice tooperate the system.To confirm commands on the screen,

touch or to scroll through the

command list. This function is availableonly when the vehicle is not moving.

—Command list

Page 48: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

48

INFORMATIONWhen the “Voice Menu” screen is dis-played, all the commands in the voicerecognition command list can be rec-ognized.

� Speech command example: Chang-ing map screen

1. Push the talk switch.2. Say “Command list”.

3. Say “Dual map”.To confirm commands on the screen,

touch or to scroll through the

command list. This function is availableonly when the vehicle is not moving.

When or is touched, push the talk

switch again and say the command.

The screen shows the dual map.

Page 49: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

49

� Speech command example:Chang-ing map scale

1. Push the talk switch.2. Say “Command list”.

3. Say “Zoom in” or “Zoom out”.To confirm commands on the screen,

touch or to scroll through the

command list. This function is availableonly when the vehicle is not moving.

When or is touched, push the talk

switch again and say the command.

The scale of the map display is changed.

Page 50: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

BASIC FUNCTIONS

50

Page 51: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 2

DESTINATION SEARCH

51

DESTINATION SEARCH

� Destination search 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the search area 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by Home 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by Preset destinations 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Address” 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Point of Interest” 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Previous Destinations” 65. . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Address Book” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Emergency” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Intersection & Freeway” 67. . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Map” 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Coordinates” 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting set destinations 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Starting route guidance 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 52: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

52

Push the “DEST” button.

You can use one of 10 different methods tosearch your destination. (See pages 54through 71.)

INFORMATIONWhen searching the destination, theresponse to the touch screen buttonmay be slow.

Change the selected region in order to seta destination from a different region by us-ing “Address”, “Point of Interest” or “Inter-section & Freeway”.

1. Touch “Search Area” to display amap of the United States and Canadadivided into 12 regions. (For map data-base information and updates, see “Mapdatabase information and updates” onpage 326.)

2. Touch one of “US1” through “CAN”to select a region to search.3. Touch “OK” and the previousscreen returns.

Destination search — — Selecting the search area

Page 53: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

53

U.S.A.

ButtonStates included in the searchregion

“US1”IdahoOregonWashington

“US2”CaliforniaNevada

“US3”

ArizonaColoradoMontanaNew MexicoUtahWyoming

“US4”

IowaKansasMinnesotaMissouriNorth DakotaNebraskaSouth Dakota

“US5”OklahomaTexas

“US6”

IllinoisIndianaKentuckyMichiganOhioWisconsin

“US7”

ArkansasAlabamaLouisianaMississippiTennessee

“US8”

ConnecticutMassachusettsMaineNew HampshireNew JerseyNew YorkRhode IslandVermont

“US9”

Washington, D.C.DelawareMarylandNew JerseyPennsylvaniaVirginiaWest Virginia

“US10”

FloridaGeorgiaNorth CarolinaSouth Carolina

“HI” Hawaii

Canada

ButtonProvinces and regions in-cluded in the search region

“CAN”All provinces and regions inCanada included in this button.

Page 54: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

54

1. Push the “DEST” button.

2. Touch “Go Home”.The screen changes and displays the maplocation for home and the route prefer-ence. (See “Starting route guidance” onpage 72.)

If home has not been registered, a mes-sage will be displayed and the settingscreen will automatically appear.

To use this function, it is necessary to seta “Home” address. (To register “Home”,see page 103.)

INFORMATIONGuidance starts from the current ve-hicle position to your home if “OK” istouched even while driving.

1. Push the “DEST” button.

2. Touch any of the preset destinationtouch screen buttons on the “Destina-tion” screen.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the preset destination point andthe route preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

If a preset destination point has not beenregistered, a message will be displayedand the setting screen will automaticallyappear.

To use this function, it is necessary to set“Preset Destinations”. (To register “PresetDestinations”, see page 105.)

INFORMATIONGuidance starts from the current ve-hicle position to the preset destina-tion point if “Go to ” is touchedeven while driving.

— Destination search byHome

— Destination search byPreset destinations

Page 55: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

55

There are 2 ways to search a destinationby address.(a) Search by city(b) Search by street address

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Address” on the “Destina-tion” screen.

3. Touch the button for the desiredmethod.

(a) Selecting a city to search1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Address” on the “Destina-tion” screen.

3. Touch “City”.

4. Input a city name.

5. Touch the button of the desired cityname from the displayed list.

— Destination search by“Address”

Page 56: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

56

6. Input the street name and touch“OK”.

7. When the desired street name isfound, touch the corresponding but-ton.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

8. Input a house number.

If the same address exists in more thanone city, the current screen changes to theaddress list screen.

Page 57: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

57

SELECTING FROM THE LAST 5 CITIES

1. Touch “Last 5 Cities”.

2. Touch the button of the desired cityname.If the navigation system has never beenused, this function will not be available.

The current screen changes to the screenfor inputting a street name. (See “(a) Se-lecting a city to search” on page 55.)

(b) Search by street address1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Address” on the “Destina-tion” screen.

3. Touch “Street Address”.

4. Touch numbers directly on thescreen to input a house number.After inputting a house number, touch“OK” to display the screen for inputting astreet name.

5. Input the street name and touch“OK”.

Page 58: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

58

6. When the desired street name isfound, touch the corresponding but-ton.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

If the same address exists in more thanone city, the current screen changes input-ting the city name or to the address listscreen.

7. Input a city name.

8. Touch the button of the desired cityname from the displayed list.

INFORMATIONYou can search for a street name us-ing just the body.Example : S WESTERN AVEYou can input “S WESTERN AVE”,“WESTERN AVE” or “WESTERN”

Page 59: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

59

There are 3 ways to search by Points of In-terest.(a) Search by name(b) Search by category(c) Search by phone #

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Points of Interest” on the“Destination” screen.

3. Touch the button for the desiredmethod.

(a) Search by “Name”1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Point of Interest” on the“Destination” screen.3. Touch “Name” on the “Point of In-terest” screen.

4. Input the name of the Point of Inter-est.

5. Touch the button of the desired des-tination.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

When inputting the name of a specificPoint of Interest, and there are two or moresites with the same name, the list screenis displayed.

INFORMATIONTo search for a facility name usingmultiple search words, put a spacebetween each word.

— Destination search by“Point of Interest”

Page 60: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

60

Touch the button of the desired des-tination.If the same name exists in more than onecity, a search can be performed more easi-ly with “City” and “Category”. (See “�Selecting a city to search” on page 60 and“� Selecting from the categories” on page61.)

INFORMATIONThe desired Point of Interest can bedisplayed on the map screen. (See“ — Display POI icons” on page 92.)

� Selecting a city to search

1. Touch “City”.

2. Input the city name.

3. Touch the button of the desired cityname from the displayed list.

INFORMATIONTo cancel the city setting, touch “AnyCity”.

Page 61: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

61

� Selecting from the categories

Touch “Category”.

If the desired POI category is on thescreen, touch the name to display a de-tailed list of the POI category.

If the desired POI category is not on thescreen, touch “List All Categories” to listall POI categories.

When the desired category is touched, thePOI name list screen is displayed.

(b) Search by “Category”The destination can be set by selecting thesearch point and the POI category.

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Point of Interest” on the“Destination” screen.3. Touch “Category” on the “Point ofInterest” screen.

Set the search point by the followingmethod:1. Set the search point from near the ve-

hicle’s current position2. Set the search point from along the

chosen route3. Set the search point from near a city

center4. Set the search point from near a des-

tination

It is possible to display the names of POIslocated within approximately 200 miles(320 km) from the selected search point.

Page 62: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

62

SETTING THE SEARCH POINT FROMNEAR HERETouch “Near Here”.The search point is set at the current posi-tion, and the “POI Category” screen will bedisplayed. (See page 64.)

SETTING THE SEARCH POINT FROMALONG MY ROUTETouch “Along My Route”.The search point is set and the “POI Cate-gory” screen will be displayed. (See page64.)

SETTING THE SEARCH POINT FROMNEAR CITY CENTER1. Touch “Near City Center”.

2. Input the city center name.

3. Touch the button of the desired citycenter name.The search point is set and the “POI Cate-gory” screen will be displayed. (See page64.)

Page 63: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

63

SELECTING FROM THE LAST 5 CITIES1. Touch “Near City Center”.

2. Touch “Last 5 Cities”.

3. Touch the button of the desired citycenter name.The search point is set and the “POI Cate-gory” screen will be displayed. (See page64.)

SETTING THE SEARCH POINT FROMNEAR A DESTINATION1. Touch “Near a Destination”.

2. Touch the button of the desired des-tination.The search point is set and the “POIName” screen will be displayed. (Seepage 64.)

Page 64: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

64

� To search POIs near the searchpoint

When the search point is set, the “POICategory” screen will be displayed.

Select the desired POI category.If the desired POI category is not on thescreen, touch “List All Categories” to listall POI categories.

Select the desired POI category fromthe list.

By touching the button of the desired item,the screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

(c) Search by “Phone #”1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Point of Interest” on the“Destination” screen.3. Touch “Phone #” on the “Point of In-terest” screen.

4. Input a telephone number.5. After inputting a telephone number,touch “OK”.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

If there is more than one site with the samenumber, the following screen will be dis-played.

Page 65: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

65

INFORMATION� If there is no match for the tele-

phone number inputted, a list ofidentical numbers with differentarea codes will be displayed.

� To set an address book entry as adestination using the phone num-ber, the number must already beregistered. (See page 113.)

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Previous Destinations” onthe “Destination” screen.

The previous starting point and up to 100previously set destinations are displayedon the screen.

3. Touch the button of the desired des-tination.“Delete”: To delete the previous destina-tion. (To delete previous destinations, seepage 119.)

The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

INFORMATIONThe list of previous destinations canalso be deleted by touching “DeletePrevious Dest.” on the “NavigationSettings” screen when the vehicle isstopped. (See “ — Deleting previousdestinations” on page 119.)

— Destination search by“Previous Destinations”

Page 66: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

66

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Address Book” on the “Des-tination” screen.A list of registered address book entries isdisplayed.

3. Touch the button of the desired ad-dress book entry.“Options”: To register or edit addressbook. (See page 108.)

The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Emergency” on the secondpage of the “Destination” screen.The display changes to a screen to selectpolice stations, dealers, hospitals or firestations. While driving, only nearby policestations, dealers, hospitals, or fire stationsare shown. The current position is shownwith an address, and the latitude and thelongitude at the top of the screen.

3. Touch the desired emergency cate-gory.The selected emergency category list isdisplayed.

— Destination search by“Address Book”

— Destination search by“Emergency”

Page 67: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

67

4. Touch the button of the desired des-tination.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

INFORMATIONThe navigation system does notguide in areas where route guidanceis unavailable. (See page 325.)

There are 2 ways to search.(a) Search by intersection(b) Search by Freeway Entrance/Exit

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Intersection & Freeway” onthe second page of the “Destination”screen.

3. Touch the button for the desiredmethod.

— Destination search by“Intersection & Freeway”

Page 68: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

68

(a) Search by “Intersection”1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Intersection & Freeway” onthe second page of the “Destination”screen.3. Touch “Intersection” on the “Inter-section & Freeway” screen.

4. Input the name of the first intersect-ing street which are located near thedestination to be set.5. Touch “OK”.

6. Touch the button of the desireditem.

7. Input the name of the second inter-secting street.

8. Touch the button of the desireditem.After inputting the two intersecting streets,the screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

Page 69: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

69

If the same two streets cross at more thanone intersection, the screen changes anddisplays the menu to select the city namewhere the streets intersect. Select the city,and the map location of the selected des-tination and the route preference. (See“Starting route guidance” on page 72.)

(b) Search by “Freeway Entrance/Exit”1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Intersection & Freeway” onthe second page of the “Destination”screen.3. Touch “Freeway Entrance/Exit” onthe “Intersection & Freeway” screen.

4. To input a freeway name.Be sure to use the complete name of thefreeway or highway, including the hyphen,when entering the destination. Freewaysand interstates use an “I” (I−405). US high-ways use the state designation before thenumber (CA−118).

5. Select the desired freeway by touch-ing the button.

Page 70: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

70

6. Either a freeway “Entrance” or“Exit” can be selected.

7. To input a freeway entrance or exitname.8. Touch “OK”.

9. Touch the button of the desired en-trance or exit name.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Map” on the second page ofthe “Destination” screen.

The screen changes and displays the maplocation that was previously displayed justbefore the destination input operation andthe route preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

INFORMATIONGuidance starts if “OK” is touchedeven while driving. However, the cur-sor cannot be moved.

— Destination search by“Map”

Page 71: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

71

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Coordinates” on the secondpage of the “Destination” screen.

3. Input the latitude and the longitude.4. When the input is finished, touch“OK”.By touching the button of the desired point,the screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination and theroute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

A set destination can be deleted.

1. Push the “DEST” button.2. Touch “Del. Dest.” on the “Destina-tion” screen.When more than one destination is set, alist will be displayed on the screen.

3. Touch the destination for deletion.“Select All”: To select all destinations onthe list.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all of the se-lected destinations.

4. Touch “Delete”.

A message appears to confirm the requestto delete.

5. To delete the destination(s), touch“Yes”.If “Yes” is touched, the data cannot be re-covered.

If “No” is touched, the previous screen willreturn.

— Destination search by“Coordinates” — Deleting set destinations

Page 72: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

72

The system searches for the guidanceroute again, and displays the entire route.

INFORMATIONSet destinations can also be deletedby touching “Route”. (See “ — Delet-ing destinations” on page 85.)

After inputting the destination, the screenchanges and displays the map location ofthe selected destination and the route pref-erence.

1. Scroll the map to the desired point.“Adjust Location”: To adjust the positionin smaller increments.

When an arrow facing the desired pointis touched, the map scrolls in that di-rection.Releasing the finger from the arrow willstop the scrolling.

2. Touch “Go to ”.

The system starts route search and dis-plays recommended routes.

If there is already a set destination, “Go to” and “Add to Route” are displayed.

“Go to ”: To delete the existing destina-tions and set a new one.

“Add to Route”: To add a destination.

“Info.”: If this button is displayed on thetop of the screen, touch it to view itemssuch as name, address, and phone num-ber.

Starting route guidance

Page 73: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

73

1 Current position2 Destination point3 Type of the route and the distance4 Distance of the entire route

3. To start guidance, touch “OK”.“Turn List”: The following screen displaysthe list of the roads up to the destination.

“3 Routes”: To select the desired routefrom 3 possible routes. (See page 74.)

“Edit Route”: To change the route. (Seepage 75.)

INFORMATION� Guidance can be paused or re-

sumed. (See “—Pausing and re-suming guidance” on page 91.)

� If “OK” is touched until a beepsounds, demo mode will start.Push the “MAP/VOICE” button tofinish Demo mode.

� The route for returning may not bethe same as that for going.

� The route guidance to the destina-tion may not be the shortest routenor a route without traffic conges-tion.

� Route guidance may not be avail-able if there is no road data for thespecified location.

� When setting the destination on amap with a scale larger than 0.5miles (800 m), the map scalechanges to 0.5 miles (800 m) auto-matically. Set the destinationagain.

� If a destination is entered, the roadnearest to the point you selected isset as the destination.

CAUTION

Be sure to obey traffic regulationsand keep road conditions in mindwhile driving. If a traffic sign on theroad has been changed, the routeguidance may not indicate suchchanged information.

Page 74: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

74

3 ROUTES SELECTION

1. To select the desired route from 3routes, touch “3 Routes”.

2. Touch “Quick”, “Alt.” or “Short” toselect the desired route.“Quick”: Recommended route. This route is indicated by an orange line.

“Alt.”: Alternative route.This route is indicated by a purple line.

“Short”: A route by which you can reachthe destination in the shortest distance.This route is indicated by a green line.

“Info.”: To display the following informa-tion about each of the 3 routes.

1 Time necessary for the entire trip2 Distance of the entire trip3 Toll road4 Freeway5 Ferry

Page 75: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

75

� Edit routeYou can again designate the conditions ofthe route to the destination.

Touch “Edit Route”.

“Add”: To add destinations. (See page84.)

“Delete”: To delete destinations. (Seepage 85.)

“Reorder”: To reorder destinations. (Seepage 84.)

“Preferences”: A number of choices areprovided on the conditions which the sys-tem uses to determine the route to the des-tination. (See page 89.)

INFORMATION� Even if the “Freeways” indicator is

dimmed, the route cannot avoid in-cluding a freeway in some cases.

� If the calculated route includes atrip by ferry, the route guidanceshows a sea route. After you travelby ferry, the current vehicle posi-tion may be incorrect. Upon recep-tion of GPS signals, it is automati-cally corrected.

Page 76: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

DESTINATION SEARCH

76

Page 77: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 3

ROUTE GUIDANCE

77

ROUTE GUIDANCE

� Route guidance screen 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Typical voice guidance prompts 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Distance and time to destination 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Setting and deleting destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reordering destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting destinations 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Setting route 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detour setting 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route overview 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route preference 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pausing and resuming guidance 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Show on map 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display POI∗ icons 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route trace 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� XM� NavTraffic 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

∗: Point of Interest

Page 78: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

78

During route guidance, various types ofguidance screens can be displayed de-pending on conditions.

� Screen layout

1 Distance to the next turn and thearrow indicating turning direction

2 Current street name3 Distance and travel/arrival time to

the destination4 Current position5 Guidance route

INFORMATION� If the vehicle goes off the guidance

route, the route is searched again.

� For some areas, the roads have notbeen completely digitized in ourdatabase. For this reason, theroute guidance may select roadthat should not be traveled on.

� When you arrive at your destina-tion, the destination name will bedisplayed on the top of the screen.Touching “Off” clears the display.

� During freeway drivingDuring freeway driving, the freeway exit in-formation screen will be displayed.

This screen displays the distance to thenext junction and exit, or POIs in the vicin-ity of the freeway exit.

1 Current position2 Points of Interest that are close to

a freeway exit3 Exit number and junction name4 Distance from the current position

to the exit or junction5 Current street name

“Map”: To display the selected map of theexit vicinity.

: To scroll for farther junctions or exits.

: To scroll for closer junctions or exits.

: To scroll for the closest 3 junctions or

exits.

Route guidance screen

Page 79: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

79

� When approaching a freeway exit orjunction

When the vehicle approaches an exit orjunction, the guidance screen for the free-way will be displayed.

1 Next street name2 Distance from the current position

to the exit or junction3 Current position

“Off”: The guidance screen on freewaydisappears and the map screen appears.

When touching or push-ing the “MAP/VOICE” button, the guid-ance screen on freeway reappears.

� When approaching an intersectionWhen the vehicle approaches an intersec-tion, the intersection guidance screen willbe displayed.

1 Next street name2 Distance to the intersection3 Current position

“Off”: The intersection guidance screendisappears and the map screen appears.

When touching or push-ing the “MAP/VOICE” button, the inter-section guidance screen reappears.

Page 80: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

80

� Other screensTURN LIST SCREENOn this screen, the list of turns on the guid-ance route can be viewed.

Touching during guid-

ance displays the turn list.

1 Next street name or destinationname

2 Turn direction3 Distance between turns4 Current street name

ARROW SCREENOn this screen, information about nextturns on the guidance route can be viewed.

Touching during guid-ance displays the arrow screen.

1 Exit number, street name contain-ing number or next street name

2 Turn direction3 Distance to the next turn4 Current street name

Page 81: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

81

The voice guidance provides various mes-sages as you approach an intersection, orother point where you need to maneuverthe vehicle.

4.7 miles

0.5 miles

1 “Proceed about 5 miles to Mainstreet.”

2 “In half of a mile, right turn ontoMain street.”

3 “Right turn.”

4 (Beep sound only)

INFORMATION� The street names may not be pro-

nounced correctly or clearly due totext−to−speech function.

� On freeways, interstates or otherhighways with higher speed limits,the voice guidance will be made atearlier points than on city streets inorder to allow time to maneuver.

4.2 miles

0.5 miles

1 “Proceed about 4 miles to thetraffic circle.”

2 “In half of a mile, traffic circleahead, and then 3rd exit aheadonto Main street.”

3 “The 3rd exit ahead.”

4 “The exit ahead.”

5 (Beep sound only)

Typical voice guidanceprompts

Page 82: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

82

One−way road

One−way road

∗: The system indicates a U−turn if the dis-tance between two one−way roads (of op-posite directions) is less than 50 feet (15m) in residential areas or 164 feet (50 m)in non−residential areas.

1 “In half of a mile, make a legalU−turn.”

2 “Make a legal U−turn ahead.”

3 (Beep sound only)

The system announces the approach tothe final destination.

1 “Your destination is ahead.”

2 “You have arrived at your des-tination. The route guidance isnow finished.”

INFORMATION� If the system cannot determine the

current vehicle position correctly(in cases of poor GPS signal recep-tion), the voice guidance may bemade early or delayed.

� If you did not hear the voice guid-ance command, push the “MAP/VOICE” button to hear it again.

� To adjust the voice guidance vol-ume, see “� Voice volume” onpage 260.

Page 83: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

83

When the vehicle is on the guidance route,the distance and the estimated travel/arriv-al time to the destination are displayed.When the vehicle is not on the guidanceroute, the distance and the direction of thedestination are displayed.

When driving on the guidance route andmore than one destination is set, the dis-tance and the estimated travel/arrival timefrom the current position to each destina-tion are displayed.

1. Touch this button to display the fol-lowing screen.

2. Touch the number button to displaythe desired destination.

The distance, the estimated travel timeand the estimated arrival time from the cur-rent position to the selected destinationare displayed.

Estimated travel time is dis-played.

Estimated arrival time is dis-played.

To switch to estimated arrivaltime.

To switch to estimated traveltime.

Displayed while driving off theguidance route. The destina-tion direction is indicated byan arrow.

INFORMATIONWhen the vehicle is on the guidanceroute, the distance measured alongthe route is displayed. Travel timeand arrival time is calculated basedon the set vehicle speed information.(See page 263.) However, when thevehicle is not on the guidance route,the distance is the linear distance be-tween the current position and thedestination.

Distance and time todestination

Page 84: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

84

You can add destinations and searchagain for the routes.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Add”.3. Input an additional destination inthe same way as the destinationsearch. (See “Destination search” onpage 52.)

4. Touch the desired “Add DestinationHere” to determine the arrival order ofthe additional destination.

When more than one destination is set,you can change the arrival order of thedestinations.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Reorder”.

3. Select the desired destination andpress “Move Up” or “Move Down” tochange the arrival order.4. Touch “OK”.5. After selecting the destinations,touch “OK”.The system searches for the guidanceroute again, and displays the entire route.

Setting and deletingdestinations —— Adding destinations — Reordering destinations

Page 85: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

85

A set destination can be deleted.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Delete”.When more than one destination is set, alist will be displayed on the screen.

3. Touch the destination for deletion.“Select All”: To select all destinations onthe list.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all of the se-lected destinations.

A message appears to confirm the requestto delete.

4. To delete the destination(s), touch“Yes”.If “Yes” is touched, the data cannot be re-covered.

If “No” is touched, the previous screen willreturn.

The system searches for the guidanceroute again, and displays the entire route.

— Deleting destinations

Page 86: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

86

While the route guidance is operating, youcan change the route to detour around asection of the route where a delay iscaused by road repairs, or an accident,etc.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Detour”.

3. Select the button below to select thedesired detour distance.“1 mile (km)”, “3 miles (km)” or “5 miles(km)”: Touch one of these buttons to startthe detour process. After detouring, thesystem returns to the original guidanceroute.

“Whole Route”: By touching this button,the system will calculate an entire newroute to the destination.

“Around Traffic”: If you touch this button,the system will search for the route basedon the traffic congestion information re-ceived from XM� NavTraffic. For details,see “XM� NavTraffic” on page 98.

Setting route —— Detour setting

Page 87: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

87

This picture shows an example of how thesystem would guide around a delaycaused by a traffic jam.1 This position indicates the location of

a traffic jam caused by road repairs oran accident.

2 This route indicates the detour sug-gested by the system.

INFORMATION� When your vehicle is on a freeway,

the detour distance selections are5, 15, and 25 miles (km).

� The system may not be able to cal-culate a detour route depending onthe selected distance and sur-rounding road conditions.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Overview”.

The entire route from the current positionto the destination is displayed.

“OK”: To start guidance.

“Turn List”: The following screen displaysthe list of the roads up to the destination.

“Preview”: To preview the route.

— Route overview

Page 88: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

88

You can scroll through the list of roads by

touching or . However, not all

road names in the route may appear on thelist. If a road changes its name without re-quiring a turn (such as on a street that runsthrough two or more cities), the namechange will not appear on the list. Thestreet names will be displayed in orderfrom the starting point, along with the dis-tance to the next turn.

These marks indicate thedirection in which you shouldturn at an intersection.

Touch “Map” on the “Turn List” screen.The point which you choose is displayedon the map screen.

� Route preview

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Overview”.

3. Touch “Preview”.

Page 89: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

89

: To indicate the next destination.

: To preview the route to the nextdestination.

: To preview the route to the nextdestination in fast−forward mode.

: To stop the preview.

: To review the route to the previousdestination or starting point.

: To review the route to the previousdestination or starting point infast−forward mode.

: To indicate the previous destina-tion or starting point.

� To select route typeYou can designate the route conditions ofthe route to the destination.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Preferences”.

3. Touch “Quick”, “Short” or “Alter-nate” and touch “OK”.

— Route preference

Page 90: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

90

The entire route from the starting point tothe destination is displayed.

“OK”: To start guidance.

“Edit Route”: To change a route. (Seepage 75.)

� To select route featuresA number of choices are provided on theconditions which the system uses to deter-mine the route to the destination.

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Preferences” to change theconditions that determine the route tothe destination.

3. Select the desired route preferenceby touching the button.When searching for a route, the system willavoid routes when the indicator is off.

4. After choosing the desired routepreference, touch “OK”.

Page 91: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

91

� Starting route from adjacent roadYou can start the route guidance from theadjacent road.

(ex. When route guidance is set on thefreeway, but the vehicle is driven parallelalong the freeway.)

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Preferences”.

3. Touch “Start from Adjacent Road”.When there is no adjacent road, this buttonwill not be displayed.

� To pause guidance

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Pause Guidance”.

INFORMATIONWithout route guidance, “PauseGuidance” cannot be used.

The screen will return to the current posi-tion map without route guidance.

— Pausing and resumingguidance

Page 92: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

92

� To resume guidance

1. Touch “Route”.

2. Touch “Resume Guidance”.

The screen will change to the current posi-tion map with route guidance.

Points of Interest such as gas stations andrestaurants can be displayed on the mapscreen. You can also set their location asa destination and use them for route guid-ance.

1. Touch “Show on Map”.

2. Touch “Select POI” to display a par-ticular type of Point of Interest on thescreen.When the Points of Interest to be displayedon the map screen have already been set,“Change POI” is displayed.

A screen with a limited choice of Points ofInterest will be displayed. (To change thedisplayed POI, see page 266.)

Show on map —— Display POI icons

Page 93: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

93

� Selecting POIs to be displayedUp to 5 categories of icons can be dis-played on the screen.

Touch the desired Point of Interestcategory to display POI location sym-bols on the map screen.By selecting the desired POI category andthen touching “OK”, the selected POIicons are displayed on the map screen.

To turn off the Points of Interest icons onthe map screen, touch “Clear”.

“Other POIs”: If the desired Point of Inter-est can not be found on the limited choicescreen, touch this button.

“Find Local POI”: When searching for thenearest Point of Interest, touch this button.Then choose one of the categories. Thesystem will list the points within 200 miles(320 km). (See page 94.)

Touch “Other POIs” on the “Select POIIcons” screen.When a Point of Interest category is se-lected from either the limited list or thecomplete list, the screen will display sym-bols of those locations on the map screen.

Select the desired POI categories.

The selected category icon appears on thetop left of the screen.

By selecting the desired POI category andthen touching “OK”, the selected POIicons are displayed on the map screen.

If the desired POI category is not on thescreen, touch “List All Categories” to listall POI categories.

Page 94: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

94

Select the desired POI categories fromthe list.

The selected category icon appears on thetop left of the screen.

By selecting the desired POI category andthen touching “OK”, the selected POIicons are displayed on the map screen.

To return to the POI category selectionscreen, touch “More”.

� To display the local POI listPoints of Interest that are within 200 miles(320 km) of the current position will belisted from among the selected categories.

1. Touch “Find Local POI” on the “Se-lect POI Icons” screen.

2. Touch the button of the desiredPoint of Interest.The selected Points of Interest are dis-played on the map screen.

“Near...”: To search for Points of Interestnear the current position or along theroute.

Page 95: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

95

“Near Here” : When “Near Here” istouched, the list of Points of Interest nearthe current position will be displayed.

“Along My Route” : When “Along MyRoute” is touched, the list of Points of In-terest along the route will be displayed.

� To set a POI as a destinationYou can select one of the Points of Interesticons on the map screen as a destinationand use it for route guidance.

1. Directly touch the Point of Interesticon that you want to set as a destina-tion.The map will shift so that the icon is cen-tered on the screen and overlaps with thecursor . At this time, the distance fromthe current position is displayed on thescreen. The distance shown is measuredas a straight line from the current vehicleposition to the POI.

2. When the desired Point of Interestoverlaps with the cursor, touch “Enter

”.The screen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destination androute preference. (See “Starting routeguidance” on page 72.)

Page 96: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

96

� To hide POI icons

1. Touch “Show on Map”.

2. Touch “POI Icons”.The “POI Icons” indicator is dimmed.

The map screen will be displayed with thePOI icons hidden.

To display the POI icons again, touch “POIIcons” on the “Show on Map” screen.

It is possible to store the traveled route upto 124 miles (200 km) and retrace the routeon the display.

INFORMATIONThis feature is available on the mapwith more detailed map scale than 30miles (50 km).

— Route trace

Page 97: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

97

� To start recording the route trace

1. Touch “Show on Map”.

2. Touch “Route Trace”. “Route Trace” indicator is highlighted.

� To stop recording the route trace

1. Touch “Show on Map”.

2. Touch “Route Trace”. The followingscreen will be displayed.

Touching “Yes” stops recording and theroute trace remains displayed on thescreen.

Touching “No” stops recording and theroute trace is erased.

Page 98: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

98

The XM� NavTraffic service that allows thenavigation system to display traffic infor-mation on the map is available if your satel-lite radio tuner can receive traffic informa-tion.

To receive the XM� NavTraffic service, asubscription to the XM� Satellite Radiowith NavTraffic is necessary.

The XM� NavTraffic is available in the con-tiguous 48 U.S. states and some Canadiancities. For details about the XM� NavTraf-fic service coverage area, refer towww.xmradio.com (U.S.A.) or www.xmradio.ca (CANADA).

� How to activate the XM� NavTrafficservice

To receive the XM� NavTraffic service,it is necessary to activate the service.To activate the service, an extra fee isrequired in addition to subscriptionfees for the XM� Satellite Radio. Fordetails about service and activation,call XM� Listener Care Center at1−800−967−2346 (U.S.A.) or1−877−209−0079 (CANADA).

Customers should have their radio IDready; the radio ID can be found by select-ing “channel 000” on the radio. For details,see “(b) Displaying the radio ID” on page160.

XM� Satellite Radio has the responsibilityfor all fees and service, they are subject tochange.

The following operations can be per-formed.

� Show XM� NavTraffic InformationTraffic information is displayed on the map.(See page 99.)

� Auto Avoid TrafficIf any heavy congestion or moderate traffichas been detected on the guidance route,it may be possible for you to select anotherroute offered by the system. (See page264.)

� Traffic Voice GuidanceTraffic information is provided using voiceguidance. (See page 260.)

� Show Free Flowing TrafficFreely flowing traffic is shown by the arrowon the map. (See page 265.)

INFORMATION� Traffic voice guidance is available

only in English. To select English,see “� Selecting a language” onpage 253.

� When the “Traffic Information” in-dicator is dimmed, “Auto AvoidTraffic”, “Traffic Voice Guidance”and “Show Free Flowing Traffic”will not operate.

XM� NavTraffic

Page 99: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

99

� Show XM� NavTraffic information

1. Touch “Show on Map”.

2. Touch “Traffic Information”. “Traffic Information” indicator is high-lighted.

XM� NavTraffic information is displayedon the map.

� On Map screen

� On Freeway information screen

Page 100: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

ROUTE GUIDANCE

100

1 XM� NavTraffic iconWhen any traffic information has beenreceived, the XM� NavTraffic icon willappear on the map screen. Touching theXM� NavTraffic icon on the screen willstart voice guidance for the traffic informa-tion. (See page 39.)

INFORMATIONWhen the XM� NavTraffic icon istouched, voice guidance for the traf-fic information will start even if “Off”for “Traffic Voice Guidance” is se-lected.

2 XM� NavTraffic information arrowWhen any XM� NavTraffic information hasbeen received, the XM� NavTraffic infor-mation arrow will appear on the mapscreen. The color of the arrow changesdepending on the traffic information re-ceived.

“Orange”: Heavy congestion

“Yellow”: Moderate traffic

“Green”: Freely flowing traffic

3 XM� NavTraffic indicatorWhen any XM� NavTraffic information hasbeen received, the XM� NavTraffic indica-tor will appear on the screen. The color ofthe indicator changes depending on thetraffic information received.

“White”: Traffic information has been re-ceived.

“Yellow”: Traffic restriction information onthe guidance route has been received(touch switch*).

“Orange”: Congestion information on theguidance route has been received (touchswitch*).

*: Touching the XM� NavTraffic indicatorwill start voice guidance.

Page 101: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 4

MY PLACES

101

MY PLACES

� Navigation settings 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Home” 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Preset Destinations” 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Address Book” 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Areas to Avoid” 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting previous destinations 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 102: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

102

Points or areas on the map can be regis-tered.

The registered points can be used on the“Destination” screen. (See “ — Destina-tion search by Home” on page 54, “ — Des-tination search by Preset destinations” onpage 54 and “ — Destination search by“Address Book”” on page 66.)

Registered areas are avoided at the timeof route search.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Navi.”.

On this screen, the following operationscan be performed.

No. Function

1 Sets home(See page 103.)

2 Sets preset destinations(See page 105.)

3 Sets address book(See page 108.)

4 Sets area to avoid(See page 114.)

5 Deletes previous destinations(See page 119.)

6 Detailed navigation settings(See page 261.)

Navigation settings —

Page 103: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

103

If home has been registered, that informa-tion can be recalled by using the “GoHome” touch screen button on the “Des-tination” screen. (See “— Destinationsearch by Home” on page 54.)

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Home”.

� Registering home (See page 103.)� Editing home (See page 104.)� Deleting home (See page 105.)

(a) Registering home1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Home” on the “NavigationSettings” screen.

4. Touch “Set Home”.

5. Enter the location in the same wayas for a destination search. (See “Des-tination search” on page 52.)

— Setting up the “Home”

Page 104: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

104

When registration of home is completed,the “Edit Home” screen will be displayed.

6. Touch “OK”.To edit registered information, see “(b)Editing home” on page 104.

(b) Editing home1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Home” on the “NavigationSettings” screen.

4. Touch “Edit”.

5. Touch “Edit” for the item you wantto change.“Name”: To edit home name. The namescan be displayed on the map. (See page112.)

“Location”: To edit location information.(See page 113.)

“Phone #”: To edit telephone numbers.(See page 113.)

“Icon”: To select icons to be displayed onthe map. (See page 111.)

6. Touch “OK”.

Page 105: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

105

(c) Deleting home1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Home” on the “NavigationSettings” screen.

4. Touch “Delete”.5. To delete home, touch “Yes”. Tocancel the deletion, touch “No”.

If preset destination has been registered,that information can be recalled by usingthe “Preset Destination” touch screenbutton on the “Destination” screen. (See“— Destination search by Preset Destina-tions” on page 54.)

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Preset Destinations”.

� Registering preset destination (Seepage 106.)

� Editing preset destination (Seepage 107.)

� Deleting preset destination (Seepage 108.)

— Setting up the “PresetDestinations”

Page 106: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

106

(a) Registering preset destinations1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Preset Destinations” on the“Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Set”.

5. Enter the location in the same wayas for a destination search. (See “Des-tination search” on page 52.)

6. Select a position for this preset des-tination.

When registration of preset destination iscompleted, the “Edit Preset Destination”screen will be displayed.

7. Touch “OK”.To edit registered information, see “(b)Editing preset destinations” on page 107.

Page 107: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

107

(b) Editing preset destinations1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Preset Destinations” on the“Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Edit”.

5. Touch the button of the desired pre-set destination.

6. Touch “Edit” for the item you wantto change.“Name”: To edit preset destination names.The names can be displayed on the map. (See page 112.)

“Location”: To edit location information.(See page 113.)

“Phone #”: To edit telephone numbers.(See page 113.)

“Icon”: To select icons to be displayed onthe map. (See page 111.)

7. Touch “OK”.

Page 108: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

108

(c) Deleting preset destinations1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Preset Destinations” on the“Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Delete”.

5. Touch the preset destination fordeletion.“Select All”: To select all preset destina-tions on the list.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all of the se-lected preset destinations.

6. Touch “Delete”.7. To delete preset destination, touch“Yes”. To cancel the deletion, touch“No”.

Points or areas on the map can be regis-tered.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Address Book”.

� Registering address book entries(See page 109.)

� Editing address book entries (Seepage 110.)

� Deleting address book entries (Seepage 114.)

— Setting up the “AddressBook”

Page 109: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

109

(a) Registering address book entries1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Address Book” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “New”.

5. Enter the location in the same wayas for a destination search. (See “Des-tination search” on page 52.)

After the address book entry has been reg-istered, the “Edit Address Book Entry”screen will be displayed.

6. Touch “OK”.To edit registered information, see “(b)Editing address book entries” on page110.

INFORMATIONUp to 100 address book entries canbe registered.

Page 110: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

110

(b) Editing address book entriesThe icon, name, location and/or telephonenumber of a registered address book entrycan be edited.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Address Book” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Edit”.

5. Touch the button of the desired ad-dress book entry.

6. Touch “Edit” for the item you wantto change.“Name”: To edit address book entrynames. The names can be displayed onthe map. (See page 112.)

“Location”: To edit location information.(See page 113.)

“Phone #”: To edit telephone numbers.(See page 113.)

“Icon”: To select icons to be displayed onthe map. (See page 111.)

7. Touch “OK”.

Page 111: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

111

� To change “Icon”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Icon”.

2. Touch the desired icon.Change pages by touching “Page 1”,“Page 2” or “With Sound” tab.

SOUND ICONSYou can set a sound for some addressbook entries. When the vehicle ap-proaches the location of the address bookentry, the selected sound will be heard.

1. Touch “With Sound” on the “Ad-dress Book Entry Icon” screen.

2. Touch the desired sound icon.The next screen appears when “Bell (withDirection)” is touched.

Touch either or to adjust the

direction. Touch “OK”.The bell sounds only when the vehicle ap-proaches this point in the direction that hasbeen set.

Page 112: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

112

� To change “Name”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Name”.

2. Enter the name using the alphanu-meric keys.Up to 32 characters can be entered.

3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

DISPLAYING MEMORY POINT NAMESThe name of an address book entry can beset to display on the map.

To show the name, touch “On” on the“Edit Address Book Entry” screen. Tonot show it, touch “Off”.

Page 113: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

113

� To change “Location”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Location”.

2. Touch one of the 8 directional touchscreen buttons to move the cursor to the desired point on the map.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

� To change “Phone #” (telephonenumber)

1. Touch “Edit” of “Phone #”.

2. Enter the number using numberkeys.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

Page 114: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

114

(c) Deleting address book entries1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Address Book” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Delete”.

5. Touch the button to be deleted.“Select All”: To select all addresses in theaddress book.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all of the se-lected addresses.

6. Touch “Delete”.7. To delete the address book entry,touch “Yes”. To cancel the deletion,touch “No”.

Areas you want to avoid because of trafficjams, construction work or other reasonscan be registered as areas to avoid.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Areas to Avoid”.

� Registering areas to avoid (Seepage 115.)

� Editing areas to avoid (See page116.)

� Deleting areas to avoid (See page119.)

— Setting up the “Areas toAvoid”

Page 115: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

115

(a) Registering areas to avoid1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Areas to Avoid” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “New”.

5. Enter the location in the same wayas for a destination search, or displaythe map of the area to be avoided. (See“Destination search” on page 52.)

6. Scroll the map to the desired point.“Adjust Location”: To adjust the positionin smaller increments.

7. Touch “Enter”.

8. Touch either or tochange the size of the area to beavoided.9. Touch “OK”.

INFORMATION� If a destination is input in the area

to avoid or the route calculationcannot be made without runningthrough the area to avoid, a routepassing through the area to beavoided may be shown.

� Up to 10 locations can be regis-tered as points/areas to avoid.

Page 116: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

116

(b) Editing area to avoidThe name, location and/or area size of aregistered area can be edited.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Areas to Avoid” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Edit”.

5. Touch the desired area button.

6. Touch “Edit” for the item you wantto change.“Name”: To edit the name of the area toavoid. The names can be displayed on themap. (See page 117.)

“Location”: To edit area location. (Seepage 118.)

“Size”: To edit area size. (See page 118.)

“Active”: To turn on or off the area to avoidfeature. To turn on the feature touch “On”on the “Edit Area to Avoid” screen. To turnoff the feature touch “Off” on the “EditArea to Avoid” screen.

7. Touch “OK”.

Page 117: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

117

� To change “Name”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Name”.

2. Enter the name using alphanumerickeys.Up to 32 characters can be entered.

3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

DISPLAYING NAMES OF AREAS TO BEAVOIDEDThe name of an area to be avoided thatmay be displayed on the map can be set.

To show the name, touch “On” on the“Area to Avoid” screen. To not show it,touch “Off”.

Page 118: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

118

� To change “Location”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Location”.

2. Touch the 8 directional touchscreen button to move the cursor tothe desired point on the map.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

� To change “Size”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Size”.

2. Touch either or tochange the size of the area to beavoided.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

Page 119: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

119

(c) Deleting areas to avoid1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Areas to Avoid” on the “Nav-igation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Delete”.

5. Touch the button to be deleted.“Select All”: To select all registered areasto avoid in the system.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all registeredareas to avoid in the system.

6. Touch “Delete”.7. To delete the area, touch “Yes”. Tocancel the deletion, touch “No”.

The previous destination can be deleted.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Delete Previous Dest.”.

4. Touch the button you want to delete.“Select All”: To select all previous des-tinations in the system.

“Unselect All”: To unselect all previousdestinations in the system.

5. Touch “Delete”.

— Deleting previousdestinations

Page 120: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

MY PLACES

120

6. To delete the destination, touch“Yes”. To cancel the deletion, touch“No”.

Page 121: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 5

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

121

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

� Telephone (Hands−free system for cellular phone) 122. . . . . Enter a Bluetooth� phone 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call on the Bluetooth� phone 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receive on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Talk on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Calendar 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 122: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

122

Hands−free system allows you to makeor receive a call without taking yourhands off the steering wheel by con-necting your cellular phone.This system supports Bluetooth�.Bluetooth� is a wireless data system bywhich you can call without your cellularphone being connected with a cable orplaced on a cradle.

If your cellular phone does not supportBluetooth�, this system can not function.

The operating procedure of the phone isexplained here.

For registering and setting of the phone,see “Telephone settings” on page 270.

CAUTION

� While driving, do not use a cellularphone or connect the Bluetooth�phone.

� An antenna for the Bluetooth� con-nection is built in the instrumentpanel. People with implanted pace-makers or cardiac defibrillatorsshould maintain a reasonable dis-tance between themselves and theBluetooth� antennas. The radiowaves may affect the operation ofsuch devices.

� Before using cellular phones, us-ers of any electrical medical deviceother than implanted pacemakersand implanted cardiac defibrilla-tors should consult the manufac-turer of the device for informationabout its operation under the influ-ence of radio waves. Radio wavescould have unexpected effects onthe operation of such medical de-vices.

NOTICE

Do not leave your cellular phone inthe car. The temperature inside maybe high and damage the phone.

INFORMATION� In the following conditions, the

system may not function.� The cellular phone is turned off.� The current position is outside

the communication area.� The cellular phone is not connec-

ted.� The cellular phone has a low bat-

tery.� Even if your cellular phone sup-

ports both hands−free and audioBluetooth� connections, it may notbe able to connect to the hands−free connection at the same time.

� When using Bluetooth� audio andhands−free at the same time, thefollowing problems may occur.� The Bluetooth� connection may

be cut.� Noise may be heard on the

Bluetooth� audio playback.

Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG, Inc.

Telephone(Hands−free system forcellular phone)

Page 123: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

123

INFORMATIONThis system supports the followingservice.

� Bluetooth� SpecificationVer.1.1 or higher(Recommended: Ver.2.0+EDR orhigher)

� Profiles

� HFP (Hands Free Profile)Ver.1.0 or higher(Recommended: Ver.1.5 orhigher)

� OPP (Object Push Profile)Ver.1.1

� PBAP (Phone Book AccessProfile) Ver.1.0

If your cellular phone does notsupport HFP, you cannot enter theBluetooth� phone, and take OPP orPBAP service individually.Please go to “http://www.toyota.com/bluetooth” to find approvedBluetooth� phones for this system.

By pushing the telephone switch above,you can receive a call or hang up withouttaking your hands off the steering wheel.

You can use the microphone abovewhen talking on the phone.The other party’s voice outputs from thefront speaker. When the received calls orreceived voice outputs, the audio from theaudio system or voice guidance from thenavigation system will be muted.

Page 124: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

124

INFORMATION� Talk alternately with the other party

on the phone. If you talk at the sametime, the voice may not reach eachother. (It is not a malfunction.)

� Keep the volume of receiving voicedown. Otherwise, echo is comingup. When you talk on the phone,speak clearly towards the micro-phone.

� In the following situations, yourvoice may not reach the otherparty.� Driving on unpaved road. (Mak-

ing a traffic noise.)� Driving at the high speed.� The window is open.� Turning the air−conditioning

vents towards the microphone.� The sound of the air−condition-

ing fan is loud.� There is an effect from the net-

work of the cellular phone.

1 Indicates the condition ofBluetooth� connection.

“Blue” indicates an excellent connectionto Bluetooth�.

“Yellow” indicates a bad connection toBluetooth�, resulting in possible deteriora-tion of voice quality.

: No connection to Bluetooth�.

2 Indicates the amount of batterycharge left.

Empty FullThis is not displayed when the Bluetooth�is not connected.

The amount left does not always corre-spond with the one of your cellular phone.The amount of battery charge left may notbe displayed depending on the phone youhave. This system doesn’t have a charg-ing function.3 Indicates the receiving area.

“Rm” is displayed when receiving inRoaming area.

“Hm” is displayed when receiving inHome area.

The receiving area may not be displayeddepending on the phone you have.

Page 125: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

125

4 Indicates the level of reception.

Poor Excellent

The level of reception does not always cor-respond with the one of your cellularphone.

The level of reception may not be dis-played depending on the phone you have.

When you are out of the service area or ina place inaccessible by radio waves, “NoService” is displayed.

An antenna for the Bluetooth� connec-tion is built in the display. The indica-tion of the Bluetooth� connection mayturn yellow and the system may notfunction when you use the Bluetooth�phone in the following conditions andplaces.� Your cellular phone is hiding behind the

display (behind the seat or in the glovebox and console box).

� Your cellular phone touches or iscovered with metal materials.

Leave the Bluetooth� phone on the placewhere “Blue” indication is displayed.

About the phonebook in this systemThe following data is stored for every regis-tered phone. When another phone is con-necting, you cannot read the registereddata.

� Phonebook data

� Voice tag

� All of call history

� Speed dial

When you delete the phone, theabove−mentioned data is also deleted.

When you release your car:A lot of personal data is registeredwhen you use the Hands−free system.When you release your car, initializeyour data. (See “� Delete personaldata” on page 256.)If you initialize it, the former state will nevercome back again. Pay much attentionwhen initializing the data.

You can initialize the following data in thesystem.

� Phonebook data

� Call history data

� Speed dial data

� Voice tag data

� Bluetooth� phone data

� Volume setting

� Details setting

Page 126: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

126

FCC ID : HYQDNNS025Type : DNNS025IC : 1551A−DNNS025 Canada 310

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS−210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions :(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation.

CAUTION: Changes or modificationsnot expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radi-ation ExposureThis equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forthfor uncontrolled equipment andmeets the FCC radio frequency (RF)Exposure Guidelines in SupplementC to OET65 and RSS−102 of the IC ra-dio frequency (RF) Exposure rules.This equipment has very low levels ofRF energy that it deemed to complywithout maximum permissive expo-sure evaluation (MPE). But it is desir-able that it should be installed andoperated with at least 20 cm and morebetween the radiator and person’sbody (excluding extremities: hands,wrists, feet and ankles).

Co−location: This transmitter mustnot be co−located or operated in con-junction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

To use the hands−free system, youneed to enter your phone into the sys-tem. Once you have registered it, youcan make a hands−free call.If you haven’t yet registered anyBluetooth� phones, you must first registeryour phone according to the followingprocedure.

Please see “� Registering a Bluetooth�phone” on page 273 of additional registra-tion when registering.

1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.

2. Touch “Phone”.

— Enter a Bluetooth� phone

Page 127: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

127

3. Touch “Yes” to connect your phone.

4. When this screen is displayed, inputthe passcode displayed on the screeninto the phone.For the operation of the phone, see themanual that comes with your cellularphone.

If you want to cancel it, touch “Cancel”.

5. When the connection is completed,this screen is displayed.You do not need to enter the phone in caseof using the same one.

When this screen is displayed, follow theguidance on the screen to try again.

Page 128: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

128

� Connecting a Bluetooth� phoneAUTOMATICALLY

When you register your phone, autoconnection will be turned on. Alwaysset it to this mode and leave theBluetooth� phone in a condition whereconnection can be established.

Vehicles with smart key system—When the “ENGINE START STOP”switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITIONON mode, a nearby cellular phone youhave registered is searched for.Next, the system automatically con-nects with the latest of the phones con-nected to in the past.Then, the connection result is dis-played.This screen appears when the Bluetooth�phone is first connected after the “ENGINESTART STOP” switch is in ACCESSORYor IGNITION ON mode.

Vehicles without smart key system—When the engine switch is in the “ACC”or “ON” position, a nearby cellularphone you have registered is searchedfor.Next, the system automatically con-nects with the latest of the phones con-nected to in the past.Then, the connection result is dis-played.This screen appears when the Bluetooth�phone is first connected after the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

Page 129: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

129

INFORMATIONIt may take time, the phone connec-tion is carried out during Bluetooth�audio play.

MANUALLYWhen the auto connection has failed or“Handsfree power” is turned off, youhave to connect Bluetooth� manually.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch “Connect Phone”.

4. Touch “Handsfree Power”, or selectthe phone to connect.

Page 130: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

130

5. The “Connect Bluetooth*” screen isdisplayed.*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

6. When the connection is completed,this screen is displayed.Now you can use the Bluetooth� phone.

When you connect the phone whileBluetooth� audio is playing

This screen is displayed, and theBluetooth� audio will stop temporarily.

Page 131: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

131

� Reconnecting the Bluetooth�phone

Vehicles with smart key system—If the Bluetooth� phone isdisconnected with poor reception fromthe Bluetooth� network; when the“ENGINE START STOP” switch is inACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode,the system automatically reconnectsthe Bluetooth� phone. In this case, theconnection result is not displayed.Vehicles without smart key system—If the Bluetooth� phone is discon-nected with poor reception from theBluetooth� network; when the engineswitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” positionthe system automatically reconnectsthe Bluetooth� phone. In this case, theconnection result is not displayed.If the Bluetooth� is disconnected on pur-pose such as you turned your cellularphone off, this does not happen. Recon-nect it by the following methods.

� Select the Bluetooth� phone again.

� Enter the Bluetooth� phone.

Page 132: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

132

After you enter the Bluetooth� phone,you can call by using hands−free sys-tem. You can call using the 6 methodsdescribed below.� By dialYou can call by inputting the phonenumber.This cannot be operated while driving.

1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.

You can also push on the steeringwheel to display the “Phone” screen.

2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch the desired key to input thephone number.

Each time you touch , an inputted

digit is deleted.

When you touch “Redial”, the number youcalled last is inputted.

Touch or push on the steering

wheel.

— Call on the Bluetooth�phone

Page 133: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

133

� By phonebookYou can call by phonebook data whichis transferred from your cellular phone.The system has one phonebook foreach telephone. You can register up to1000 numbers in total of phonebooks.This cannot be operated while driving.

1. Touch “Contacts”.

2. Select the desired data from the list.

3. Select the desired number from thelist.

Touch or push on the steering

wheel.

Page 134: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

134

When the phonebook is empty

1. Touch “Contacts”.

2. Touch “Yes” if you want to transfernew contacts from a cellular phone.Touch “No” if you want to edit thephonebook.

� By speed dialYou can call using registered phonenumbers which can be selected from aphonebook. (See “� Registering thespeed dial” on page 290 for registeringthe speed dial.)This can be done while driving.

1. Touch “Speed Dials”.

2. Touch the desired number to call.You can change the page by touching“Speed Dial 2” or “Speed Dial 3” tab.

Page 135: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

135

� By call historyYou can call by call history which has 4functions below.All: all the numbers above which

were memorized

Missed: calls which you missed

Incoming: calls which you received

Outgoing: numbers which you called

You can call using the latest 5 call historyitems shown by “All” while driving.

1. Touch “Call History”.

2. Select the desired data from the list.To switch the list, touch “All”, “Missed”, “In-coming” or “Outgoing” tab.

3. Touch or push on the steer-

ing wheel.

Page 136: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

136

You can call using the latest call historyitem.

1. Push on the steering wheel todisplay the “Phone” screen.

2. Push on the steering wheel todisplay the “Call History” screen.

3. Push on the steering wheel to se-lect the latest history item.

4. Touch or push on the steer-ing wheel to call the latest history item.

� When you call by phonebook, thename (if registered) is displayed.

� When you call the same number con-tinuously, only the newest number isregistered.

� When a phone number registered inthe phonebook is received, the nameand the number are displayed.

� Number−withheld calls are also mem-orized in the system.

� A international phone call may not bemade depending on the cellular phonewhich you have.

� By voice recognition

You can call by giving a command. (Forthe operation and command of voicerecognition, see “Speech commandsystem” on page 44.)This can be operated while driving.

The “Dial by Name” operating procedure isexplained here.

Other operating procedures are also simi-lar.

Page 137: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

137

DIALING BY NAMEYou can call by giving a voice tag regis-tered in the phonebook. For setting thevoice recognition, see “—Setting thevoice tag” on page 297.When you select “English” from “Lan-guage”, you can call by giving a name reg-istered in the phonebook.

For setting the voice recognition, see “�Registering the phonebook data” on page284.

Example: Call MIKE.

You: Push the talk switch.

System: “After the beep, please say a command.” “Such as “GoHome”, “Destination”,“Phone”, “Audio” or“Command List”.”“(beep)”

You: “Phone.”

System: “Phone.” “Say a command.” “Such as“Dial by Number”, “Dial by Name”, “Redial”, “Call Back” or “Connect Phone”.” “(beep)”

You: “Dial by Name.”

System: “Dial by Name.” “Say a namefrom your contact list.” “(beep)”

You: “MIKE.”

System: “MIKE.” “Say the type of number.” “Such as “Mobile”, “Home”, “Work” or “Other”.” “(beep)”

You: “Home.”

System: “MIKE.” “Home.”“Push the off−hook switch todial or say “Dial”.”“(beep)”

You: “Dial.”

System: “Dial.”

Now you can call MIKE.

Page 138: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

138

Calling without the voice recognitionAfter the entered number is displayed, youcan also call by pushing on the steeringwheel or touching “Dial”.

Cancelling the voice recognitionThe voice recognition will be cancelledwhen you do the following.� Push and hold the talk switch.

� Push on the steering wheel.

� Touch “Cancel”. (Except for recogniz-ing the command.)

� Say “Cancel”.

� By POI* call

You can call by touching when it isdisplayed on the screen from naviga-tion system. (See “POI INFORMATION”on page 36 for details.)*: Point of Interest

Page 139: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

139

When a call is received, this screen isdisplayed with a sound. Touch or

push on the steering wheel to talkon the phone.To refuse to receive the call:

Touch or push on the steer-ing wheel.

To adjust the volume of received call:Touch “–” or “+” or use the volumeswitch on the steering wheel.

For an international phone call, the otherparty’s name may not be displayed cor-rectly depending on the cellular phonewhich you have.

While you are talking on the phone, thisscreen is displayed. You can performthe operations below on the screen.To adjust the volume of the other party’svoice:

Touch “–” or “+” or use the volumeswitch of the steering wheel.

To hang up the phone:

Touch or push on the steer-ing wheel.

To mute your voice:Touch “Mute”.

To input a Key:Touch “0−9”.

To transfer the call:Touch “Call Transfer”.

You cannot change from Hands−free callto cellular phone call while driving.

When you change from cellular phone callto Hands−free call, the Hands−free screenwill be displayed and you can operate it onthe screen.

Transferring method and behavior are dif-ferent depending on the cellular phonewhich you have.

For the operation of the phone, see themanual that comes with your cellularphone.

— Receive on theBluetooth� phone

— Talk on the Bluetooth�phone

Page 140: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

140

When you touch “0−9”

Touch the desired number to input thekey.To hang up the phone:

Touch or push on the steer-ing wheel.

This cannot be operated while driving.

If the continuous tone signal is regis-tered in a phonebook, this screen ap-pears. (If not registered, “Send” and“Exit” are not displayed.)Confirm the number displayed on thescreen and touch “Send”. The numberbefore marked sign will be sent.When you touch “Exit”, this function willbe finished and normal tone screen ap-pears.

To hang up the phone:

Touch or push on the steer-ing wheel.

The continuous tone signal is the markedsign (p or w) and the number followingphone number. (ex. 056133w0123p#1�)

You can do this operation when you wantto operate an answering machine or use atelephone service in a bank for example.You can register the phone number andthe code number in the phonebook.

Page 141: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

141

� By voice recognition

You can operate “Mute” and “SendTones” by giving a command during acall.The operating procedure is similar to othervoice recognition. (For the operation ofvoice recognition, see “Speech commandsystem” on page 44.)

� Interrupt call

When a connected call is interrupted bya third party, this screen is displayed.

Touch or push on the steering

wheel to start talking with the other party.

Touch or push on the steeringwheel to refuse the call.

Page 142: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

142

Everytime you touch or push on

the steering wheel during interrupted call,the other party will be switched.

If your cellular phone is not approved forHFP Ver. 1.5, this function can not be used.

INFORMATIONInterrupt call operation may differdepending on your phone companyand cellular phone.

Page 143: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

143

To view calendar.

1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.

2. Touch “Calendar”.

On this screen, the current date is high-lighted in yellow.

or : To change month.

or : To change year.

“Today”: To display the current month cal-endar (if another month’s is being dis-played).

Calendar

Page 144: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

TELEPHONE AND INFORMATION

144

Page 145: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 6

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

145

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

� Quick reference 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Using your audio/video system 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Some basics 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio operation 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD changer operation 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� audio operation 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD player operation 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB memory/iPod operation 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Audio/video remote controls 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Audio/video system operating hints 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 146: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

146

Operations such as selecting a preset station and adjusting the sound balance are car-ried out on the touch screen. To display the audio screen, push the “AUDIO” button.

1 Function menu display screenTo control the radio, CD changer,DVD player*, Bluetooth� audio play-er, AUX or USB memory/iPod, touchthe touch−screen buttons. For de-tails, see page 150.

2 Function menu tabTo control the radio, CD changer,DVD player*, Bluetooth� audio play-er, AUX or USB memory/iPod, touchthe touch−screen tabs. For details,see page 149.

*: Vehicles with rear seat entertainmentsystem

3 “TUNE·FILE” knobTurn this knob to move the stationband and files up or down. For de-tails, see pages 156, 161, 174 and215.

4 “SEEK/TRACK” buttonPush either side of this button to seekup or down for a station, or to accessa desired track, file or chapter. Fordetails, see pages 157, 170, 174,184, 189, 192 and 215.

Quick reference

Page 147: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

147

5 “LOAD· /CLOSE” buttonPush this button to display the“Load·Eject” screen or close the dis-play. For details, see page 166.

6 “AUDIO” buttonPush this button to display the audiocontrol screen. For details, see page149.

7 “SAT” buttonPush this button to choose a SAT sta-tion. For details, see pages 149 and161.

8 “AM” buttonPush this button to choose an AM sta-tion. For details, see pages 149 and155.

9 “FM” buttonPush this button to choose a FM sta-tion. Each time this button is pushed,the mode switches between FM1 andFM2. For details, see pages 149 and155.

10 “DISC·AUX” buttonPush this button to turn theBluetooth� audio player, AUX, USBmemory/iPod, CD changer or DVDplayer* on. For details, see pages149, 155, 169, 183 and 188.

*: Vehicles with rear seat entertainmentsystem

11 “PWR·VOL” knobPush this knob to turn the audio sys-tem on and off, and turn it to adjust thevolume. For details, see page 149.

This section describes some of the basicfeatures of your audio system. Some in-formation may not pertain to your system.

Vehicles with smart key system—

Your audio system works when the “EN-GINE START STOP” switch is turned toACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.

Vehicles without smart key system—

Your audio system works when the engineswitch is turned to the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

CAUTIONFor vehicles sold in U.S.A. and Cana-da:

� Part 15 of the FCC RulesFCC Warning:Changes or modifications inconstruction not expressly approvedby the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment. Radiofrequency exposure. This device isapproved for Mobile Application onlyand, to comply with applicable FCCradio frequency exposure regula-tions, must be used with a distance ofat least 7.9 in. (20 cm) between the an-tenna and the body of any person atall time during use.

Using your audio/videosystem — — Some basics

Page 148: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

148

� Laser products� Do not take this unit apart or at-

tempt to make any changesyourself. This is an intricate unitthat uses a laser pickup to re-trieve information from the sur-face of compact discs. The la-ser is carefully shielded so thatits rays remain inside the cabi-net. Therefore, never try to dis-assemble the player or alter anyof its parts since you may be ex-posed to laser rays and danger-ous voltages.

� This product utilizes a laser.Use of controls or adjustmentsor performance of proceduresother than those specified here-in may result in hazardous radi-ation exposure.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the audio sys-tem on longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

(a) Speech command system

U1002SNI

By pushing the switch above, you canoperate the speech command system.For the operation of the speech commandsystem and the list of commands, seepages 44 and 47.

Page 149: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

149

(b) Turning the system on and off

“AUDIO”: Push this button to displaytouch−screen buttons for audio system(audio control mode).

“PWR·VOL”: Push this knob to turn theaudio system on and off. Turn this knob toadjust the volume. The system turns on inthe last mode used.

You can select the function that enablesautomatic return to the previous screenfrom the audio screen. See page 252 fordetails.

(c) Switching between functions

Push the “DISC·AUX”, “FM”, “AM” or“SAT” button to turn on the desiredmode.

U6080GS

Push the “AUDIO” button and touch the“AM”, “FM”, “SAT”, “CD”, “DVD*”,“BT”, “AUX” or “USB” tab to turn on thedesired mode.*: Vehicles with rear seat entertainment

system

Page 150: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

150

Push these buttons or tabs if you want toswitch from one mode to another.

If the disc is not set, the CD changer/DVDplayer* does not turn on.

You can turn off the CD changer/DVD play-er* by ejecting all the discs. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject all the discs. If the other function waspreviously playing, it will come on again.

*: Vehicles with rear seat entertainmentsystem

U6081GS

U6080GS

U6082GS

U6083GS

Page 151: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

151

U6084GS

U6086GS

U6085GS

U6078GS

U6079GS

The touch−screen buttons for radio, CDchanger, DVD player*, Bluetooth�audio player, AUX and USB memory/iPod, operation are displayed on thefunction touch−screen button displayscreen when the audio control mode isselected. Touch them lightly anddirectly on the screen.*: Vehicles with rear seat entertainment

system

Touch the tab to select the desired modewhen the audio control mode is selected.

The selected switch is highlighted.

INFORMATION� If the system does not respond to a

touch of a touch−screen button,move your finger away from thescreen and then touch it again.

� You cannot operate dimmedtouch−screen buttons.

� Wipe off fingerprints using a glasscleaning cloth. Do not use chemi-cal cleaners to clean the touchscreen.

Page 152: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

152

(d) DSP control1. Push the “AUDIO” button.

U6087GS

2. Touch “Sound” to display the soundadjustment screen.

U6010GI

3. Touch “DSP” tab to display thisscreen.4. Touch “Automatic Sound Levelizer”and select “On” or “Off”.Automatic sound levelizer (ASL):When the audio sound becomes difficult tohear due to road noise, wind noise or othernoises while driving, select “On”. The sys-tem adjusts to the optimum volume andtone quality according to the speed of car.

5. Touch “OK”.

(e) Tone and balanceToneHow good an audio program sounds to youis largely determined by the mix of thetreble, mid and bass levels. In fact, differ-ent kinds of music and vocal programsusually sound better with different mixes oftreble, mid and bass.

BalanceA good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to astereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

Page 153: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

153

U6007GS

1. Touch “Sound” tab to display thisscreen.2. Touch the desired button.“Treble” “+” or “–”: Adjust high−pitchedtones.

“Mid” “+” or “–”: Adjust mid−pitchedtones.

“Bass” “+” or “–”: Adjusts low−pitchedtones.

“Front” or “Rear”: Adjusts sound bal-ance between the front and rear speakers.

“L” or “R”: Adjusts sound balance be-tween the left and right speakers.

3. Touch “OK”.The tone of each mode (for such as AM,FM and CD changer) can be adjusted.

(f) Selecting screen size (with rearseat entertainment system)1. Push the “AUDIO” button and touch“DVD” tab.

U6088GS

2. Touch “Settings”.

U6064GS

3. Touch “Wide”.

Page 154: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

154

U6009GS

4. Touch the desired button.“Normal”: Displays a 3 : 4 screen, with

either side in black.“Wide 1”: Widens the 3 : 4 screen hori-

zontally to fill the screen.“Wide 2”: Widens the 3 : 4 screen ver-

tically and horizontally, in the same ratio, to fill thescreen.

When you touch , the previousscreen returns.

5. Touch “Save”.

(g) Your CD changerWhen you insert a disc, touch “Load” andgently push the disc in with the label sideup. This CD changer can store up to fourdiscs. The changer will play from track 1through to the end of the disc. Then it willplay from track 1 of the next disc.

The changer is intended for use with 4.7 in.(12 cm) discs only.

NOTICE

� Do not stack up two discs for inser-tion, or it will cause damage to thechanger. Insert only one disc intothe slot at a time.

� Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the changer. Do not insertanything other than a disc into theslot.

Page 155: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

155

(h) Your DVD player(with rear seat entertainment system)The sound of the rear seat entertainmentsystem can be enjoyed by pushing the“DISC·AUX” button or touching the“DVD” tab on AUDIO screen.

(i) AUX adapterThe sound of portable audio playersconnected to the AUX adapter can beenjoyed. Push the “DISC·AUX” button orpush the “AUDIO” button to display audioscreen and touch the “AUX” tab to switchto AUX mode. When the portable audioplayer is not connected to the AUXadapter, the tab will tone down. Fordetails, refer to the “Owner’s Manual”.

(j) USB portIt is available to connect a USBmemory/iPod device with the USB port.When the USB memory/iPod is notconnected to the USB port, the tab will tonedown. For details, see “(a) Connecting aUSB memory or iPod” on page 212.

(a) Listening to the radio

Push the “AM” or “FM” buttons or pushthe “AUDIO” button to display audioscreen and touch the “AM” or “FM”tabs to choose either an AM or FM sta-tion.“AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” appears on thescreen.

If your vehicle is equipped with a satelliteradio broadcast system, when you pushthe “SAT” button or touch the “SAT” tabon AUDIO screen, “SAT1”, “SAT2”, “SAT3”station appears on the display. For detailsabout satellite radio broadcast, see“—Radio operation (XM� Satellite Radiobroadcast)” on page 160.

— Radio operation

Page 156: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

156

Turn the knob clockwise to step up thestation band or counterclockwise tostep down.Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the screen. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to pre-vent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion. In this case, “ST” disappears from thescreen.

U6080GS

(b) Presetting a station1. Tune in the desired station.2. Touch one of the touch−screen but-tons (1 — 6) you want and hold it untila beep is heard. This sets the station tothe touch−screen button and the fre-quency appears on the touch−screenbutton.Each radio mode (AM, FM1 or FM2) canstore up to 6 stations. To change the pre-set station to a different one, follow thesame procedure.

The preset station memory is cancelledwhen the power source is interrupted bybattery disconnection or a blown fuse.

Page 157: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

157

(c) Selecting a stationTune in the desired station using one of thefollowing methods.

Preset tuning: Touch the touch−screenbutton (1 — 6) for the station you want.The touch−screen button is highlightedand the station frequency appears on thescreen.

Seek tuning: Push the “SEEK/TRACK”button on either side. The radio will beginseeking up or down for a station of thenearest frequency and will stop on recep-tion. Each time you push the button, thestations will be searched automaticallyone after another.

To scan all the frequencies: Touch“SCAN” on the screen briefly. “SCAN” ap-pears on the screen. The radio will find thenext station and stay there for a few se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, touch “SCAN” again.

To scan the preset stations: Touch“SCAN” on the screen for longer than asecond. “P. SCAN” appears on the screen.The radio will tune in the next preset sta-tion, stay there for a few seconds, and thenmove to the next preset station. To selecta station, touch “SCAN” again.

(d) Radio Data SystemYour audio system is equipped with RadioData Systems (RDS). RDS mode pro-vides you to receive text messages fromradio stations that utilize RDS transmit-ters.

When RDS is on, the radio can— only select stations of a particular pro-gram type,— display messages from radio stations,— search for a stronger signal station.

RDS features are available for use only onFM stations which broadcast RDS infor-mation.

Page 158: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

158

U6080GS

“Type � �”Each time you touch “� Type ” or “Type�”, the program type changes as in thefollowing:

� ROCK

� MISC (Miscellaneous)

� INFORM (Information)

� EASY LIS (Easy listening)

� CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)

� R & B (Rhythm and Blues)

� RELIGION

� ALART (Emergency message)

U6089GS

“TypeSeek”When a program is set, “Type Seek” ap-pears. Touch the switch and the systemstarts to seek the station in the relevantprogram type.

If any type program station is not found,“Nothing” appears on the display.

Page 159: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

159

U6090GSF

“Message”If the system receives a radio text fromRDS station, “MSG” appears on the dis-play. Touch “Message”, and a text mes-sage is displayed on the screen. This func-tion is available only when the vehicle isnot moving.

When you touch “Message Off”, the dis-play returns.

(e) Traffic announcement

U6091GS

“Traffic”A station that regularly broadcasts trafficinformation is automatically located.

When you touch “Traffic”, “Traf. Seek”appears on the display and the radio willstart seeking any traffic program station.

If no traffic program station is found,“Nothing” appears on the display.

If a traffic program station is found, thename for traffic program station is dis-played for a while until a traffic announce-ment is received.

Page 160: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

160

To listen to a satellite radio broadcast inyour vehicle, a subscription to the XM�Satellite Radio service is necessary.

(a) How to subscribe to an XM� Satel-lite Radio

An XM� Satellite Radio is a tuner designedexclusively to receive broadcasts providedunder a separate subscription. Availabilityis limited to the 48 contiguous U.S. statesand some Canadian provinces.

How to subscribe:You must enter into a separate serviceagreement with the XM� Satellite Radio inorder to receive satellite broadcast pro-gramming in the vehicle. Additional activa-tion and service subscription fees applythat are not included in the purchase priceof the vehicle and optional digital satellitetuner.

For complete information on subscriptionrates and terms, or to subscribe to the XM�Satellite Radio.

U.S.A.—Visit on the web at www.xmradio.com orcall 1−800−967−2346.

Canada—Visit on the web at www.xmradio.ca or call1−877−209−0079.

The XM� Satellite Radio is solely responsi-ble for the quality, availability and contentof the satellite radio services provided,which are subject to the terms and condi-tions of the XM� Satellite Radio customerservice agreement.

Customers should have their radio IDready; the radio ID can be found by tuningto “channel 000” on the radio. For details,see “(b) Displaying the radio ID” below.

All fees and programming are the respon-sibility of the XM� Satellite Radio and aresubject to change.

Satellite tuner technology notice: Toyota’s satellite radio tuners are awardedType Approval Certificates from XM� Sat-ellite Radio Inc. as proof of compatibilitywith the services offered by the XM� Satel-lite Radio.

(b) Displaying the radio IDEach XM� tuner is identified with a uniqueradio ID. You will need the radio ID whenactivating XM� service or when reportinga problem.

If you select the “CH 000” using the“TUNE·FILE” knob, the ID code of 8 al-phanumeric characters appears. If you se-lect another channel, display of the IDcode is canceled. The channel(000) alter-nates the display between the radio ID andthe specific radio ID code.

—Radio operation(XM� Satellite Radiobroadcast)

Page 161: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

161

(c) Listening to satellite radio

Push the “SAT” button or push the “AU-DIO” button to display audio screenand touch the “SAT” tab to choose aSAT channel.“SAT1”, “SAT2” or “SAT3” appears on thescreen.

Turn this knob to select the next or pre-vious channel.If you turn continuously, you can rapidlyscroll forward or down through the chan-nels.

(d) Channel category

U6082GS

Touch either “� Type” or “Type �” to goto the next or previous category.

Page 162: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

162

(e) Presetting a channel1. Tune in the desired channel.

U6082GS

2. Touch one of the channel selectorbuttons (1 — 6) and hold it until a beepis heard.This sets the channels to the touch−screen button and the name and numberof the channel appears on the touch−screen button.

Each touch−screen button can store threeSAT channels. To change the preset chan-nel to a different one, follow the same pro-cedure.

The preset channel memory is cancelledwhen the power source is interrupted bybattery disconnection or a blown fuse.

(f) Selecting a channelTune in the desired channel using one ofthe following methods.

Preset tuning: Touch the channel selec-tor button (1 — 6) for the channel you want.The button (1 — 6) is highlighted and chan-nel number appears on the display.

To select channel within the currentcategory: Push the “�” or “�” button of“SEEK/TRACK”. The radio will step up ordown the channel within the current chan-nel category. Touch “TypeSeek”. The ra-dio will step up the channel within the cur-rent channel category.

U6082GS

To scan the currently selected channelcategory: Touch “SCAN” briefly. “SCAN”appears on the display. The radio will findthe next channel in the same channel cate-gory, stay there for a few seconds, andthen scan again. To select a channel,touch “SCAN” a second time.

To scan the preset channels: Touch“SCAN” and hold it until you hear a beep.“P.SCAN” appears on the display. The ra-dio will find the next preset channel, staythere for a few seconds, and then move tothe next preset channel. To select a chan-nel, touch “SCAN” a second time.

Page 163: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

163

(g) Displaying the title and name

U6092GS

When you touch “Text”, the song/programtitle and the artist name/feature are dis-played.

Up to 16 alphanumeric characters can bedisplayed. (Some information will not befully displayed.)

When you touch “Text” again, the displayreturns.

Page 164: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

164

(h) If the satellite radio tuner malfunctionsWhen problems occur with the XM� tuner, a message will appear on the display. Refer-ring to the table below to identify the problem, take the suggested corrective action.

ANTENNA

The XM� antenna is not connected. Check whether theXM� antenna cable is attached securely.

A short circuit occurs in the antenna or the surroundingantenna cable. See a Toyota certified dealer for assis-tance.

UPDATING

You have not subscribed to the XM� Satellite Radio.The radio is being updated with the latest encryptioncode. Contact the XM� Satellite Radio for subscriptioninformation. When a contract is canceled, you canchoose the “CH000” and all free−to−air channels.

The premium channel you selected is not authorized.Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to theprevious channel or “CH001”. If it does not change au-tomatically, select another channel. If you want to listento the premium channel, contact the XM� Satellite Ra-dio.

NO SIGNALThe XM� signal is too weak at the current location. Waituntil your vehicle reaches a location with a stronger sig-nal.

LOADINGThe unit is acquiring audio or program information. Waituntil the unit has received the information.

OFF AIRThe channel you selected is not broadcasting any pro-gramming. Select another channel.

−−−−−There is no song/program title or artist name/featureassociated with the channel at that time. No actionneeded.

−−−

The channel you selected is no longer available. Waitfor about 2 seconds until the radio returns to the pre-vious channel or “CH001”. If it does not change auto-matically, select another channel.

Contact the XM� Listener Care Center at 1−800−967−2346 (U.S.A.) or1−877−209−0079 (Canada).

Page 165: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

165

NOTICE

This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aclass B digital device, pursuant toPart 15 of the FCC Rules. These limitsare designed to provide reasonableprotection against harmful interfer-ence in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, ifnot installed and used in accordancewith the instructions, may causeharmful interference to radio com-munications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation.

If this equipment does cause harmfulinterference to radio or television re-ception, which can be determined byturning the equipment off and on, theuser is encouraged to try to correctthe interference by one or more of thefollowing measures:

—Reorient or relocate the receivingantenna.

—Increase the separation betweenthe equipment and receiver.

—Connect the equipment into an out-let on a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

—Consult the dealer or an experi-enced radio/TV technician for help.

Information to user

Alternation or modifications carriedout without appropriate authoriza-tion may invalidate the user’s right tooperate the equipment.

INFORMATIONThis XM� tuner supports “AudioServices” (Music and Talk) of onlyXM� Satellite Radio and “TextInformation”∗ linked to the respective“Audio Services”.∗:Text Information includes, StationName, (Artist) Name, (Song) Title andCategory Name.

Page 166: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

166

(a) Inserting discs

Vehicles with smart key system—

The “ENGINE START STOP” switch mustbe in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ONmode.

Vehicles without smart key system—

The engine switch must be in the “ACC” or“ON” position.

Your CD changer can store up to 4 discs.

You can set a disc at the lowest empty discnumber.

1. Push the “LOAD· /CLOSE” but-ton. The “Load·Eject” screen appears.

U6066GS

2. Touch “Load”. The display opens.

3. The amber indicators at either sideof the slot start blinking. When the indi-cators change to green, insert only onedisc. After the disc is loaded, the amberindicators at either side of the slot startblinking again. When the indicatorschange to green, you can insert thenext disc.

4. Push the “LOAD· /CLOSE” but-ton to close the display.The changer will automatically start play-ing from the last disc you inserted.

If the label faces down, the disc cannot beplayed. In this case, “Check CD” appearson the screen.

— CD changer operation

Page 167: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

167

CAUTION

� Do not place anything on theopened display, as such items maybe thrown about and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle duringsudden braking or in an accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, keep the displayclosed.

� Take care not to jam your handwhile the display is moving. Other-wise, you could be injured.

NOTICE

� Do not obstruct the display while itis moving. It could damage youraudio/video system.

� Do not insert one disc stacked ontop of another one or feed them incontinuously, to prevent discsfrom getting stuck in the changer.

INFORMATIONUnder extremely cold conditions, thedisplay may react slowly or operationsound may become louder.

(b) Ejecting discs� A single disc alone:

1. Push the “LOAD· /CLOSE” but-ton. The “Load·Eject” screen appears.

U6019GS

2. Touch the disc number to beejected.The display opens and the amber indica-tors at either side of the slot start blinking.After the disc is ejected, the amber indica-tors change to green. A disc can be in-serted.

Page 168: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

168

� All the discs:

1. Push the “LOAD· /CLOSE” but-ton. The “Load·Eject” screen appears.

U6020GS

2. Touch “Eject All”.The display opens and the amber indica-tors at either side of the slot start blinking.After the disc is ejected, the blinking indi-cators stay on.

3. Remove the disc.The indicators start blinking again and thenext disc is ejected.

If a disc is not removed within 15 secondsafter it is ejected, the operation will be can-celed.

When all the discs are removed, the amberindicators change to green. A disc can beinserted.

U6018GS

The numbers of the trays where the disc isnot set are dimmed.

NOTICE

If a disc cannot be ejected, do not for-cibly take out the disc. Keep pushingthe “LOAD· /CLOSE” button forapproximately 5 seconds and releaseit. At this time, the audio disc and themap DVD−ROM will be ejected.

Page 169: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

169

(c) Playing a disc

Push the “DISC·AUX” button or pushthe “AUDIO” button to display audioscreen and touch the “CD” tab if thediscs are already loaded in the changer.The discs set in the changer are playedcontinuously, starting with the last disc youinserted. The disc number of the disc cur-rently being played, the track number andthe time from the beginning of the programappear on the screen.

When play of one disc ends, the first trackof the following disc starts. When play ofthe final disc ends, play of the first discstarts again.

The changer will skip any empty disc trays.

Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-tem —

If the DVD player is turned on, push the“DISC·AUX” button again or touch “CD”tab to switch to the CD changer.

If the rear seat entertainment system is on,pushing the “DISC·AUX” button switchesthe sound of the front audio system andthat of the rear seat entertainment system.

(d) Selecting a desired disc

U6021GS

Touch “Change Discs” on “CD” screenand touch the desired disc number onthe screen.The selected disc number is highlighted.

The changer will start playing the selecteddisc from the first track.

Page 170: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

170

(e) Playing an audio disc

U6093GS

Push the “AUDIO” button and touch the“CD” tab, then touch the “ChangeDiscs”. Choose an audio disc numberto display this screen.

SELECTING A DESIRED TRACK“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired track.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired tracknumber appears on the screen. As you re-lease the button, the changer will startplaying the selected track from the begin-ning.

“Select” for Track: The desired track canbe selected from a list. This function isavailable only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

Touch “Select”. The track list is displayed.

Page 171: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

171

Touch the desired track number. Thechanger will start playing the selectedtrack from the beginning.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 track groups. Ifthis button is touched when the top page ofthe list is displayed, the last page is dis-played.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 track groups.If this button is touched when the last pageof the list is displayed, the top page is dis-played.

�, �: If � appears to the right of the itemname, the complete name is too long forthe display.

Touch � to scroll to the end of the name.Touch � to scroll the beginning of thename.

Fast forward: Push “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to fastforward the disc. When you release thebutton, the changer will resume playingfrom that position.

Reverse: Push “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to reverse thedisc. When you release the button, thechanger will resume playing.

U6093GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED TRACKOR DISCSearching for a desired track —Touch “SCAN” on the screen brieflywhile the disc is playing.“SCAN” appears on the screen. Thechanger will play the next track for 10 sec-onds, then scan again. To select a track,touch “SCAN” on the screen a secondtime. If the changer reaches the end of thedisc, it will continue scanning at track 1.

After all the tracks are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

Searching for a desired disc —Touch “SCAN” on the screen for longerthan a second while the disc is playing.“D.SCAN” appears on the screen. Theprogram at the beginning of each audiodisc will be played for 10 seconds. To con-tinue listening to the program of yourchoice, touch “SCAN” on the screen asecond time.

After all the audio discs are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

Page 172: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

172

U6094GS

OTHER FUNCTIONS“RPT”: Use it for automatic repeat of thetrack or disc you are currently listening to.

Repeating a track —Touch “RPT” briefly while the track is play-ing. “RPT” appears on the screen. Whenthe track is finished, the changer will auto-matically go back to the beginning of thetrack and play the track again. To cancelit, touch “RPT” once again.

Repeating a disc —Touch “RPT” for longer than a secondwhile the disc is playing. “D.RPT” appearson the screen. When the disc is finished,the changer will automatically go back tothe beginning of the disc and play the discagain. To cancel it, touch “RPT” onceagain.

“RAND”: Use it for automatic and randomselection.

Playing the tracks on one disc in ran-dom order —Touch “RAND” briefly while the disc isplaying. “RAND” appears on the screen.The system selects a track on the disc be-ing listened to in random order. To cancelit, touch “RAND” once again.

Playing the tracks on all the audio discsin random order —Touch “RAND” for longer than a secondwhile the disc is playing. “D.RAND” ap-pears on the screen. The system selectsa track on all the audio discs in the changerin random order. To cancel it, touch“RAND” once again.

If a CD−TEXT disc is inserted, the title ofthe disc and track will be displayed. Up to29 letters can be displayed.

Page 173: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

173

(f) Playing a MP3/WMA disc

U6095GS

Push the “AUDIO” button and touch the“CD” tab, then touch the “ChangeDiscs”. Choose an MP3/WMA discnumber to display this screen.

SELECTING A DESIRED FOLDER

“Folder�”: Touch this touch−screen but-ton to go to the next folder.

“Folder�”: Touch this touch−screen but-ton to go to the previous folder.

“Select” for Folder: The desired foldercan be selected in a list. This function isavailable only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

Touch “Select”. The folder list is dis-played.

U6026GS

Touch the desired folder number. Thechanger will start playing the first file of theselected folder.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 folder groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the top page of the list is displayed,the last page is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 foldergroups. If this touch−screen button istouched when the last page of the list isdisplayed, the top page is displayed.

Page 174: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

174

SELECTING A DESIRED FILE“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired file.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired filenumber appears on the display. As you re-lease the button, the changer will startplaying the selected file from the begin-ning. When “RAND” or “FLD.RPT” is on,the file number within the folder you arecurrently listening to appears.

Fast forward: Push “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to fastforward the disc. When you release thebutton, the changer will resume playingfrom that position.

Reverse: Push “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to reverse thedisc. When you release the button, thechanger will resume playing.

“TUNE·FILE” knob: Use for direct accessto a desired file in the disc.

Turn the “TUNE·FILE” knob to step up ordown all the files in the disc you are cur-rently listening to. The file number ap-pears on the display. When “RAND” or“FLD.RPT” is on, all the files in the folderyou are currently listening to can bestepped up or down.

Page 175: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

175

U6095GS

“Select” for File: The desired file can beselected in a list. This function is availableonly when the vehicle is not moving.

Touch “Select”. The file list is displayed.

U6027GS

Touch the desired file number. The chang-er will start playing the selected file fromthe beginning.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 file groups. Ifthis touch−screen button is touched whenthe top page of the list is displayed, the lastpage is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 file groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the last page of the list is displayed,the top page is displayed.

Page 176: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

176

U6096GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED FILETouch “SCAN” on the screen brieflywhile the disc is playing.“SCAN” appears on the screen. Thechanger will play the next file in the folderfor 10 seconds, then scan again. To selecta file, touch “SCAN” on the screen a sec-ond time. If the changer reaches the endof the folder, it will continue scanning fromfile 1.

After all the files are scanned in one pass,normal play resumes.

U6097GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED FOLDERTouch “SCAN” on the screen for longerthan a second while the disc is playing.“FLD.SCAN” appears on the screen. Theprogram at the beginning of each folder willbe played for 10 seconds. To continue lis-tening to the program of your choice, touch“SCAN” on the screen a second time.

After all the folders are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

Page 177: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

177

U6098GS

OTHER FUNCTIONS“RPT”: Use it for automatic repeat of thefile or folder you are currently listening to.

Repeating a file —Touch “RPT” briefly while the file is play-ing. “RPT” appears on the screen. Whenthe file is finished, the changer will auto-matically go back to the beginning of thefile and play the file again. To cancel it,touch “RPT” once again.

Repeating a folder —Touch “RPT” for longer than a secondwhile the folder is playing. “FLD.RPT” ap-pears on the screen. When the folder isfinished, the changer will automatically goback to the beginning of the folder and playthe folder again. To cancel it, touch “RPT”once again.

“RAND”: Use it for automatic and randomselection of the folder or the disc which youare currently listening to.

Playing the files in one folder in randomorder —Touch “RAND” briefly while the disc isplaying. “RAND” appears on the screen.The system selects a file in the folder youare currently listening to. To cancel it,touch “RAND” once again.

Playing the files in all the folders on onedisc in random order —Touch “RAND” for longer than a secondwhile the disc is playing. “FLD.RAND” ap-pears on the screen. The system selectsa file in all the folders. To cancel it, touch“RAND” once again.

When a file is skipped or the system is in-operative, touch “RAND” to reset.

Page 178: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

178

(g) If the player malfunctionsIf “CD Error” appears on the screen, audiosignals of the disc cannot be read or thesystem has trouble. Push the “DISC” but-ton once again.

If the changer does not operate, check thatthe disc surface is not soiled or damaged.If the disc is O.K., the temperature of thechanger’s internal mechanism may beraised because of high external tempera-ture. Remove the disc from the changer tocool it.

If the changer still does not operate, haveit checked by your dealer.

If an MP3/WMA disc contains CD−DAfiles, only CD−DA files are played. If anMP3/WMA disc contains files other thanCD−DA, only MP3/WMA files are played.

The Bluetooth� audio system enablesusers to enjoy music played on a porta-ble player from the vehicle speaker viawireless communication.

U6086GS

This audio system supportsBluetooth�, a wireless data systemcapable of playing portable audiomusic without cables. If your portableplayer does not support Bluetooth�,the Bluetooth� audio system will notfunction.

—Bluetooth� audiooperation

Page 179: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

179

INFORMATIONPortable players must correspond tothe following specifications in orderto be connected to the Bluetooth� au-dio system. However, please notethat some functions may be limiteddepending on the type of portableplayer.

� Bluetooth� SpecificationVer.1.1 or higher(Recommended: Ver.2.0+EDR orhigher)

� Profile

� A2DP (Advanced AudioDistribution Profile) Ver.1.0 orhigher

� AVRCP (Audio/Video RemoteControl Profile) Ver.1.0 or higher(Recommended: Ver.1.3 orhigher)

Please go to “http://www.toyota.com/bluetooth” to find approvedBluetooth� phones for this system.

Bluetooth is a trademark owned byBluetooth SIG. Inc.

CAUTION

� Do not operate the player’s con-trols or connect to the Bluetooth�audio system while driving.

� An antenna for the Bluetooth� con-nection is built in the instrumentpanel. People with implanted pace-makers or cardiac defibrillatorsshould maintain a reasonable dis-tance between themselves and theBluetooth� antennas. The radiowaves may affect the operation ofsuch devices.

� Before using portable players, us-ers of any electrical medical deviceother than implanted pacemakersand implanted cardiac defibrilla-tors should consult the manufac-turer of the device for informationabout its operation under the influ-ence of radio waves. Radio wavescould have unexpected effects onthe operation of such medical de-vices.

NOTICE

Do not leave your portable player inthe car. In particular, high tempera-tures inside the vehicle may damagethe portable player.

INFORMATION� In the following conditions, the

system may not function.� The portable player is turned off.� The portable player is not con-

nected.� The portable player has a low bat-

tery.� It may take time, the phone connec-

tion is carried out duringBluetooth� audio play.

Page 180: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

180

1 Indicates the condition of theBluetooth� connection.

“Blue” indicates an excellent connectionto Bluetooth�.

“Yellow” indicates a bad connection toBluetooth�, resulting in possible deteriora-tion of audio quality.

: No connection to Bluetooth�.

2 Indicates the amount of batterycharge left.

Empty Full

Remaining charge is not displayed whilethe Bluetooth� is connecting.

The amount left does not always corre-spond with the one of your portable player.

This system doesn’t have a charging func-tion.

An antenna for the Bluetooth�connection is built in to the display. Theindication of the Bluetooth�connection may turn yellow and thesystem may not function when you usethe Bluetooth� portable player in thefollowing conditions.� Your portable player is hiding behind

from the display (behind the seat or inthe glove box or console box).

� Your portable player touches or is cov-ered with metal materials.

Leave the Bluetooth� portable player in aplace where the “Blue” indication is dis-played.

The portable player information is regis-tered when the Bluetooth� audio system isconnected. When you release possessionof your vehicle, remove your portable play-er. (See “(a) Removing a Bluetooth� au-dio” on page 313.)

Page 181: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

181

FCC ID : HYQDNNS025Type : DNNS025IC : 1551A−DNNS025 Canada 310

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS−210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions :(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation.

CAUTION: Changes or modificationsnot expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment.

CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radi-ation ExposureThis equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forthfor uncontrolled equipment andmeets the FCC radio frequency (RF)Exposure Guidelines in SupplementC to OET65 and RSS−102 of the IC ra-dio frequency (RF) Exposure rules.This equipment has very low levels ofRF energy that it deemed to complywithout maximum permissive expo-sure evaluation (MPE). But it is desir-able that it should be installed andoperated with at least 20 cm and morebetween the radiator and person’sbody (excluding extremities: hands,wrists, feet and ankles).

Co−location: This transmitter mustnot be co−located or operated in con-junction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

(a) Connecting Bluetooth� audio play-erTo use the Bluetooth� audio system,you need to enter your portable playerinto the system. Once you haveregistered it, you can enjoy your musicon the vehicle’s audio system. (See“—Setting Bluetooth� audio” on page311.)For the operation procedure for theportable player, see the instructionmanual that comes with it.� When the connection method is

“From Vehicle”.� When the auto connection is on

Vehicles with smart key sys-tem—When the portable player isstandby for the connection, itwill be automatically connectedwhenever the “ENGINE STARTSTOP” switch is in either AC-CESSORY or IGNITION ONmode.Vehicles without smart key sys-tem—When the portable player isstandby for the connection, itwill be automatically connectedwhenever the engine switch is ineither “ACC” or “ON” position.

� When the auto connection is offManually connect the portableplayer in accordance with thefollowing procedure.

Page 182: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

182

Touch “Connect”.

U6033GS

When the connection is completed, thisscreen is displayed. Now you can use theportable player.

U6034GS

This screen will appear when the connec-tion has failed.

� When the connection method is“From Portable Player”

Operate the portable player and con-nect it to the Bluetooth� audio system.For the operation procedure for theportable player, see the instructionmanual that comes with it.

Touch “Connect”.

U6035GS

Connect the portable audio player to theBluetooth� audio system.

U6036GS

This screen will appear when the connec-tion has been successfully established.

Page 183: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

183

� Reconnecting the portable playerVehicles with smart key system—

If the portable player is disconnected withpoor reception from the Bluetooth� net-work when the “ENGINE START STOP”switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITIONON mode, the system automatically re-connects the portable player. In this case,the connection result is not displayed.

Vehicles without smart key system—

If the portable player is disconnected withpoor reception from the Bluetooth� net-work when the engine switch is in the“ACC” or “ON” position, the system auto-matically reconnects the portable player.In this case, the connection result is notdisplayed.

If the Bluetooth� is disconnected on pur-pose such as you turned your portableplayer off, this does not happen.

Reconnect it by the following method.

� Select the portable player again.� Enter the portable player.

(b) Playing a Bluetooth� audio� Playing and pausing Bluetooth� au-

dio

U6086GS

Push the “DISC·AUX” button or pushthe “AUDIO” button to display thisscreen and touch the “BT” tab if theBluetooth� audio player is alreayconnected.

Touch and the music will start playing.

Touch and the music will pause.

Touch and the music will start playingagain.

Depending on the portable player that isconnected to the system, the music may

start playing when touching while it ispaused. On the other hand, the music may

pause when touching while it is play-ing.

Page 184: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

184

Some titles may not be displayed depend-ing on the type of portable player.

� Selecting a desired track

“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired track.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired tracknumber appears on the screen. As you re-lease the button, the portable player willstart playing the selected track from thebeginning.

Fast forward:Push and hold the “�” button of “SEEK/TRACK” to fast forward the player. Whenyou release the button, the portable playerwill resume playing from that position.

Reverse:Push and hold the “�” button of “SEEK/TRACK” to reverse the player. When yourelease the button, the player will resumeplaying.

INFORMATIONDepending on the portable player thatis connected to the system, certainfunctions may not be available.

Page 185: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

185

� Selecting a desired album

U6086GS

“Album �”: Touch this button to go tothe next album.“Album �”: Touch this button to go tothe previous album.

INFORMATIONDepending on the portable player thatis connected to the system, certainfunctions may not be available.

� Other function

U6086GS

“RPT”: Use this control to automatic re-play the track you are currently listening to.

Repeating a track—While the track is playing, touch “RPT”briefly.“RPT” appears on the screen. When thetrack is finished, the player will automati-cally play it again. To cancel the repeat,touch “RPT” once again.

Page 186: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

186

“RAND”: Use this for automatic and ran-dom selection of tracks on the album thatyou are currently listening to.

Playing the tracks in the album in ran-dom order—While the track is playing, touch“RAND” briefly.“RAND” appears on the screen. The sys-tem selects a track in the album you arecurrently listening to. To cancel this func-tion, touch “RAND” once again.

INFORMATIONDepending on the portable player thatis connected to the system, certainfunctions may not be available.

The DVD player can play DVD video, au-dio CD, video CD, CD text, dts−CD orMP3 disc only when a disc is loaded inthe DVD player. A WMA and DVD audiodisc cannot be played.For details of “Rear seat entertainmentsystem”, refer to “Owner’s Manual”.

For appropriate discs for this player, see“Audio/video system operating hints” onpage 221.

(a) Inserting the disc

U6012SNI

Pull down the cover and insert the discinto the slot with the label side up.An adapter must be used for 3 in. (8 cm)discs which are loaded in the same man-ner as for 4.7 in. (12 cm) discs.

—DVD player operation

Page 187: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

187

U6013SNI

The indicator light turns on while the discis loaded.

If the label faces downward, the disc can-not be played. In this case, “Check disc”appears on the screen.

If a disc which is not playable is inserted,“Check disc” will also appear on thescreen. For appropriate discs for this play-er, see “Audio/video system operatinghints” on page 221.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the DVD player. Do not insertanything other than a disc into theslot.

(b) Ejecting a disc

U6014SNI

Push the “ ” button.

Page 188: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

188

(c) Playing a disc

Push the “DISC·AUX” button or pushthe “AUDIO” button to display audioscreen and touch the “DVD” tab if a discis already loaded in the player.“DVD” appears on the screen. (If the CDchanger is turned on, push the“DISC·AUX” button again or touch “DVD”tab to switch to the DVD player.)

(d) Operating an audio CD

U6102GS

PLAYING AN AUDIO CDCD text only — The disc title and track titlewill appear on the screen when pushingthe “DISC” button.

Push the “AUDIO” button and touch the“DVD” tab to display this screen.

Page 189: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

189

SELECTING A DESIRED TRACK“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired track.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired tracknumber appears on the display. As you re-lease the button, the player will start play-ing the selected track from the beginning.

“Select” for track: The desired track canbe selected from a list. This function isavailable only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

Touch “Select”. The track list is displayed.

U6041GS

Touch the desired track number. The play-er will start playing the selected track fromthe beginning.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 track groups. Ifthis touch−screen button is touched whenthe top page of the list is displayed, the lastpage is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 track groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the last page of the list is displayed,the top page is displayed.

Fast forward: Push “�” side of “SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to fast forwardthe disc. When you release the button, theplayer will resume playing from that posi-tion.

Reverse: Push “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to reverse thedisc. When you release the button, theplayer will resume playing.

Page 190: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

190

U6103GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED TRACKTouch “SCAN” on the screen.“SCAN” will be highlighted on the screen.The player will play the next track for 10seconds, then scan again. To select atrack, touch “SCAN” on the screen a sec-ond time. If the player reaches the end ofthe disc, it will continue scanning at track 1.

After all the tracks are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

U6104GS

OTHER FUNCTIONS“RPT”: Use it for automatic repeat of thetrack you are currently listening to.

Touch “RPT” while the track is playing.When the track is finished, the player willautomatically go back to the beginning ofthe track and play the track again. To can-cel it, touch “RPT” once again.

“RAND”: Use it for automatic and randomselection of the disc which you are current-ly listening to.

When “RAND” is touched, the system se-lects a track in the disc you are currentlylistening to. To cancel it, touch “RAND”once again.

If a CD−TEXT disc is inserted, the title ofthe disc and track will be displayed. Up to29 letters can be displayed.

Page 191: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

191

(e) Operating a MP3 DISC

U6105GS

PLAYING A MP3 DISCPush the “AUDIO” button and touch the“DVD” tab to display this screen.SELECTING A DESIRED FOLDER

“Folder�”: Touch this touch−screen but-ton briefly to go to the next folder.

“Folder�”: Touch this touch−screen but-ton briefly to go to the previous folder. Tojump up to the first folder, touch and holdthis touch−screen button until the beepsounds.

“Select” for Folder: The desired foldercan be selected in a list. This function isavailable only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

Touch “Select”. The folder list is dis-played.

U6045GS

Touch the desired folder number. Theplayer will start playing the first file of theselected folder.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 folder groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the top page of the list is displayed,the last page is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 foldergroups. If this touch−screen button istouched when the last page of the list isdisplayed, the top page is displayed.

Page 192: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

192

U6105GS

SELECTING A DESIRED FILE“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired file.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired filenumber appears on the display. As you re-lease the button, the player will start play-ing the selected file from the beginning.

Fast forward: Push “�” side of the“SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to fastforward the disc. When you release thebutton, the player will resume playing fromthat position.

Reverse: Push “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button and hold it to reverse thedisc. When you release the button, theplayer will resume playing.

“Select” for File: The desired file can beselected in a list. This function is availableonly when the vehicle is not moving.

Touch “Select”. The file list is displayed.

Page 193: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

193

U6046GS

Touch the desired file number. The playerwill start playing the selected file from thebeginning.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 file groups. Ifthis touch−screen button is touched whenthe top page of the list is displayed, the lastpage is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 file groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the last page of the list is displayed,the top page is displayed.

U6106GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED FILETouch “SCAN” on the screen briefly.“SCAN” appears on the screen. The DVDplayer will play the next file in the folder for10 seconds, then scan again. To select afile, touch “SCAN” on the screen a secondtime. If the player reaches the end of thefolder, it will continue scanning from file 1.

After all the files are scanned in one pass,normal play resumes.

Page 194: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

194

U6107GS

SEARCHING FOR A DESIRED FOLDERTouch and hold “SCAN” on the screenuntil the beep sounds.“FLD.SCAN” appears on the screen. TheDVD player will play the file at the begin-ning of each folder for 10 seconds, thenscan again. To select a file, touch “SCAN”on the screen a second time.

After all the folders are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

U6108GS

OTHER FUNCTIONS“RPT”: Use it for automatic repeat of thefile or folder you are currently listening to.

Repeating a file —Touch “RPT” briefly while the file is play-ing. “RPT” appears on the screen. Whenthe file is finished, the player will automati-cally go back to the beginning of the fileand play the file again. To cancel it, touch“RPT” once again.

Repeating a folder —Touch and hold “RPT” until the beepsounds while the folder is playing.“FLD.RPT” appears on the screen. Whenthe folder is finished, the player will auto-matically go back to the beginning of thefolder and play the folder again. To cancelit, touch “RPT” once again.

Page 195: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

195

“RAND”: Use it for automatic and randomselection of the folder which you are cur-rently listening to or of all the folders.

Playing the files in one folder in randomorder —Touch “RAND” briefly. “RAND” appearson the screen. The system selects a file inthe folder you are currently listening to. Tocancel it, touch “RAND” once again.

Playing the files in all the folders in ran-dom order —Touch and hold “RAND” until the beepsounds. “FLD.RAND” appears on thescreen. The system selects a file in thefolders of all the trays which are set andplays it. To cancel it, touch “RAND” onceagain.

When a file is skipped or the system is in-operative, touch “RAND” to reset.

(f) Operating a DVD video discNOTE: The playback condition of someDVD video discs may be determined bya DVD video software producer. ThisDVD player plays a disc as the softwareproducer intended. So some functionsmay not work properly. Be sure to readthe instruction manual for the DVDvideo disc separately provided. For thedetailed information about DVD videodiscs, see “(i) DVD player and DVDvideo disc information” on page 210.Precautions on DVD video discWhen recording with a DVD video or videoCD, audio tracks may not record in somecases while the menu is displayed. As au-dio will not play in this case, verify that thevideo tracks are playing and then activateplayback.

When playback of a disc is completed:

� If an audio CD or MP3 disc is playing,the first track or file starts.

� If a DVD video or video CD is playing,playback will stop or the menu screenwill be displayed.

The title/chapter number and playbacktime display may not appear while playingback certain DVD video discs.

Page 196: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

196

CAUTION

Conversational speech on someDVDs is recorded at a low volume toemphasize the impact of sound ef-fects. If you adjust the volume as-suming that the conversations repre-sent the maximum volume level thatthe DVD will play, you may be startledby louder sound effects or when youchange to a different audio source.The louder sounds may have a signif-icant impact on the human body orpose a driving hazard. Keep this inmind when you adjust the volume.

U6077GS

Vehicles with smart key system—This screen appears when the videoscreen is first displayed after “ENGINESTART STOP” switch is in ACCESSO-RY or IGNITION ON mode.Vehicles without smart key system—This screen appears when the videoscreen is first displayed after the en-gine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

Page 197: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

197

U6084GS

PLAYING A DVD DISCPush the “AUDIO” button and touch the“DVD” tab to display this screen.Touch “Settings” on “DVD” screen andtouch “Wide” on “Settings” screen. Thescreen mode can be changed.

If you touch “Full Screen” when the ve-hicle is completely stopped and the park-ing brake is applied, the video screen re-turns.

U6051GS

DVD SETTINGSIf you touch “Settings” on “DVD” screen,“Settings” screen appears.

Page 198: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

198

DESCRIPTION OF SETTINGS“DVD Video Settings”: The initial set upscreen appears. (See page 202.)

“Search”: The title search screen ap-pears. (See page 200.)

“Return”: Touching this will display thepredetermined scene and start playingfrom there.

“Audio”: The audio changing screen ap-pears. (See page 201.)

“Subtitle”: The subtitle changing screenappears. (See page 200.)

“Angle”: The angle selection screen ap-pears. (See page 201.)

“Wide”: The screen mode screen ap-pears. (See page 153.)

U6084GS

DISPLAYING DVD CONTROLS

If you touch , while watching video,

DVD controls will appear.

If “ ” appears on the screen when youtouch a control, the operation relevant tothe control is not permitted.

Page 199: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

199

DESCRIPTION OF DVD CONTROLS“Menu” and “Top Menu”: If you touchany of the above controls, the menuscreen for DVD video appears. (For theoperation, see the manual that come withthe DVD video disc provided separately.)

: Touching this will display the control

key screen shown on the right.

: Touching this will pause the video

screen.

: Touching this will fast reverse dur-

ing playback.

: Touching this will stop the video

screen.

: Touching this will resume normal

play during pause.

: Touching this will fast forward dur-

ing playback and forward frame by frameduring pause.

U6052GS

U6053GS

SELECTING A MENU ITEM

Enter the menu item using ,

, and and touch“Enter”. The player starts playing vid-eo for that menu item. (For details, seethe manual that comes with the DVDvideo disc provided separately.)Each time you touch “Move Buttons”,the controls on the screen move up-ward and downward.When you touch the screen, the controlswill disappear. To display them again,touch the screen.

When you touch , the previousscreen returns.

Page 200: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

200

U6054GS

SEARCHING BY TITLEEnter the title number and touch “OK”.The player starts playing video for thattitle number.When you push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button, you can select a chapter.

If you enter the wrong numbers, touch

to delete the numbers.

When you touch , the previousscreen returns.

CHANGING THE SUBTITLELANGUAGEEach time you touch “Change”, the lan-guage is selected from the ones storedin the discs and changed.When you touch “Hide”, the subtitle can behidden.

When you touch , the previousscreen returns.

Page 201: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

201

U6069GSb

CHANGING THE AUDIO LANGUAGEEach time you touch “Change”, the lan-guage is selected from the ones storedin the discs and changed.

When you touch , the previousscreen returns.

U6076GS

CHANGING THE ANGLEThe angle can be selected for discs thatare multi−angle compatible when theangle mark appears on the screen.Each time you touch “Change”, theangle is selected from the ones storedin the discs and changed.

When you touch , and the previousscreen returns.

Page 202: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

202

U6058GS

SETUP MENUThere are initial setting touch−screenbuttons on the “Setup Menu” screen.After you change the initial setting, touch

. The initial setting screen will beturned off and return to the previousscreen.

When “Default” is touched, all menus areinitialized.

The initial setting can be changed.

� Audio languageYou can change the audio language.1. Touch “Audio Language”.2. Touch the language you want tohear on the “Audio Language” screen.If you cannot find the language you want tohear on this screen, touch “Other” andenter a language code. For the entry oflanguage code, see the following “ENTERAUDIO LANGUAGE CODE”.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,touch the .

� Subtitle languageYou can change the subtitle language.1. Touch “Subtitle Language”.2. Touch a language you want to readon the “Subtitle Language” screen.If you cannot find the language you want toread on this screen, touch “Other” andenter a language code. For the entry oflanguage code, see the following “ENTERAUDIO LANGUAGE CODE”.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,touch the .

� DVD languageYou can change the language on theDVD video menu.1. Touch “DVD Language”.2. Touch the language you want toread on the “DVD Language” screen.If you cannot find the language you want toread on this screen, touch “Other” andenter a language code. For the entry oflanguage code, see the following “ENTERAUDIO LANGUAGE CODE”.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,touch .

Page 203: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

203

� Angle markThe multi−angle mark can be turned onor off on the screen while the discwhich is multi−angle compatible is be-ing played.Each time you touch “Angle Mark”, theangle mark on the screen turns on or offalternately.� Parental lockThe level of viewer restrictions can bechanged.1. Touch “Parental Lock”.2. Enter the 4−digit personal code onthe “Key code” screen.If you enter the wrong numbers, touch

to delete the numbers.

10 touches of will initialize the per-

sonal code.

To return to the “Setup Menu” screen,touch .

3. Touch a parental level (1 — 8) on the“Select Restriction Level”. Touch the

switch to return to the “SetupMenu” screen.

ENTER AUDIO LANGUAGE CODE

U6059GS

If you touch “Other” on the “SelectAudio Language” screen, “SelectSubtitle Language” screen or “DVDLanguage” screen, you can select thelanguage you want to hear or read byentering a language code.1. Enter the 4−digit language code.If you enter the wrong numbers, touch

to delete the numbers.

2. Touch “OK”.

Code Language

0514 English

1001 Japanese

0618 French

0405 German

0920 Italian

0519 Spanish

2608 Chinese

1412 Dutch

1620 Portuguese

1922 Swedish

1821 Russian

1115 Korean

0512 Greek

0101 Afar

0102 Abkhazian

Page 204: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

204

0106 Afrikaans

0113 Amharic

0118 Arabic

0119 Assamese

0125 Aymara

0126 Azerbaijani

0201 Bashkir

0205 Byelorussian

0207 Bulgarian

0208 Bihari

0209 Bislama

0214 Bengali

0215 Tibetan

0218 Breton

0301 Catalan

0315 Corsican

0319 Czach

0325 Welsh

0401 Danish

0426 Bhutani

0515 Esperanto

0520 Estonian

0521 Basque

0601 Persian

0609 Finnish

0610 Fiji

0615 Faroese

0625 Frisian

0701 Irish

0704 Scots−Gaelic

0712 Galician

0714 Guarani

0721 Gujarati

0801 Hausa

0809 Hindi

0818 Croatian

0821 Hungarian

0825 Armenian

0901 Interlingua

0905 Interlingue

0911 Inupiak

0914 Indonesian

0919 Icelandic

0923 Hebrew

1009 Yiddish

1023 Javanese

1101 Georgian

1111 Kazakh

1112 Greenlandic

1113 Cambodian

1114 Kannada

1119 Kashmiri

1121 Kurdish

1125 Kirghiz

1201 Latin

1214 Lingala

1215 Laothian

1220 Lithuanian

1222 Latvian

1307 Malagasy

1309 Maori

1311 Macedonian

1312 Malayalam

1314 Mongolian

Page 205: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

205

1315 Moldavian

1318 Marathi

1319 Malay

1320 Maltese

1325 Burmese

1401 Nauru

1405 Nepali

1415 Norwegian

1503 Occitan

1513 (Afan)Oromo

1518 Oriya

1601 Panjabi

1612 Polish

1619 Pashto, Pushto

1721 Quechua

1813 Rhaeto−Romance

1814 Kirundi

1815 Romanian

1823 Kinyarwanda

1901 Sanskrit

1904 Sindhi

1907 Sangho

1908 Serbo−Croatian

1909 Sinhalese

1911 Slovak

1912 Slovenian

1913 Samoan

1914 Shona

1915 Somali

1917 Albanian

1918 Serbian

1919 Siswati

1920 Sesotho

1921 Sundanese

1923 Swahili

2001 Tamil

2005 Telugu

2007 Tajik

2008 Thai

2009 Tigrinya

2011 Turkmen

2012 Tagalog

2014 Setswana

2015 Tonga

2018 Turkish

2019 Tsonga

2020 Tatar

2023 Twi

2111 Ukrainian

2118 Urdu

2126 Uzbek

2209 Vietnamese

2215 Volapük

2315 Wolof

2408 Xhosa

2515 Yoruba

2621 Zulu

Page 206: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

206

SETUP OPERATION FROM THE REARSEAT

U6060GS

This screen appears when a rear passen-ger selects the setup menu.

If you want to cancel the setup operationfrom the rear seat, touch “Play”. The play-er will resume normal play.

Under the same condition, the rear pas-senger can cancel the setup operationfrom the front seat.

To lock the operation of the player from therear seat, see “� Rear system lock” onpage 254.

(g) Operating a video CD

U6110GS

PLAYING A VIDEO CDPush the “AUDIO” button and touch the“DVD” tab to display this screen.When you touch “Wide” on “Settings”screen, the screen mode can be changed.

If you touch “Full Screen” when the ve-hicle is completely stopped and the park-ing brake is applied, the video screen re-turns.

Page 207: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

207

U6062GS

DISPLAYING VIDEO CD SETTINGSIf you touch “Settings” on “DVD” screen,“Settings” screen appears.

DESCRIPTION OF VIDEO CDSETTINGS� Controls on top page“Select Number”: The track or numbersearch screen appears. (See “SEARCH-ING BY TRACK” on page 209.)

“Prev. Page”: When you touch this whilethe disc menu is displayed, the previouspage appears on the screen. If you touchthis while the player is playing video, theprevious track is searched and played.

“Next Page”: When you touch this whilethe disc menu is displayed, the next pageappears on the display. If you touch thiswhile the player is playing video, the nexttrack is searched and played.

“Main/Sub”: A multiplex transmissionchanging control. The mode changes fromMain/Sub to Main, to Sub and back toMain/Sub by touching this control.

“Return”: Touching this will display thepredetermined scene and start playingfrom there.

“Wide”: The screen mode screen ap-pears.

Page 208: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

208

DISPLAYING VIDEO CD CONTROLSIf you touch the part where controls are notlocated while you are watching video onthe video CD, video CD controls will ap-pear.

If “ ” appears on the display when youtouch a control, the operation is not per-mitted.

DESCRIPTION OF VIDEO CDCONTROLS

: Use this to pause the video screen.

: Touch this to fast reverse during

playback.

: Touch this to resume playing during

pause.

: Touch this to fast forward during the

playback and start playing frame by frameduring pause.

Page 209: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

209

U6072GSa

SEARCHING BY TRACKEnter the track numbers and touch“OK”. The player starts playing videofor that title number.You can select a track number by pushing“�” or “�” on the “SEEK/TRACK” but-ton.

If you enter the wrong numbers, touch

to delete the numbers.

Touch , and the previous screen re-turns.

(h) If the player malfunctionsIf the player or another unit equipped withthe player malfunction, your audio systemwill display following messages.

If “Check disc” appears on the display:It indicates that the disc dirty, damaged, orit was inserted upside down. Clean thedisc or insert it correctly. If a disc which isnot playable is inserted, “Check disc” willalso appear on the screen. Forappropriate discs for this player, see“Audio/video system operating hints” onpage 221.

If “Region code error” appears on thedisplay: It indicates that the DVD regioncode is not set properly.

If “DVD error” appears on the display:It indicates that the inside of the player unitmay be too hot due to the very high ambi-ent temperature. Remove the disc fromthe player and allow the player to cooldown.

If the malfunction is not rectified: Takeyour vehicle to your dealer.

If an MP3 disc contains CD−DA files, onlyCD−DA files are played. If an MP3 disccontains files other than CD−DA, only MP3files are played.

Page 210: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

210

(i) DVD player and DVD video disc in-formationDVD VIDEO DISCSThis DVD player conforms to NTSC col-or TV formats. The DVD video disc con-forming to another formats such asPAL or SECAM cannot be used.Region codes: Some DVD video discshave a region code indicating a countrywhere you can use the DVD video disc onthis DVD player. If the DVD video disc isnot labeled as “ALL” or “1”, you cannot useit on this DVD player. If you attempt to playan inappropriate DVD video disc on thisplayer, “Region code error” appears on thescreen. Even if the DVD video disc doesnot have a region code, there is a case thatyou cannot use it.

Marks shown on DVD video discs:

Indicates NTSCformat of color TV.

Indicates the numberof audio tracks.

Indicates the numberof language subtitles.

Indicates the numberof angles.

Indicates the screento be selected.Wide screen: 16:9Standard: 4:3

Indicates a regioncode by which thisvideo disc can beplayed.ALL: in all countriesNumber: region code

Page 211: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

211

DVD VIDEO DISC GLOSSARYDVD video discs: Digital Versatile Discthat holds video. DVD video discs haveadopted “MPEG2”, one of the world stan-dards of digital compression technologies.The picture data is compressed by 1/40 onaverage and stored. Variable rate en-coded technology in which the volume ofdata assigned to the picture is changed de-pending on the picture format has alsobeen adopted. Audio data is stored usingPCM and Dolby digital, which enableshigher quality of sound. Furthermore, mul-ti−angle and multi−language features willalso help you enjoy the more advancedtechnology of DVD video.

Viewer restrictions: This feature limitswhat can be viewed in conformity with alevel of restrictions of the country. The lev-el of restrictions varies depending on theDVD video disc. Some DVD video discscannot be played at all, or violent scenesare skipped or replaced with other scenes.

Level 1: DVD video discs for children canbe played.

Level 2 − 7: DVD video discs for childrenand G−rated movie can be played.

Level 8: All types of the DVD video discscan be played.

Multi−angle feature: You can enjoy thesame scene at different angles.

Multi−language feature: You can select alanguage of the subtitle and audio.

Region codes: The region codes are pro-vided on DVD players and DVD discs. Ifthe DVD video disc does not have thesame region code as the DVD player, youcannot play the disc on the DVD player.For region codes, see page 210.

Audio: This DVD player can play linerPCM, Dolby digital and MPEG audio for-mat DVD. Other decoded type cannot beplayed.

Title and chapter: Video and audio pro-grams stored in DVD video disc are divid-ed in parts by title and chapter.

Title: The largest unit of the video and au-dio programs stored on DVD video discs.Usually, one piece of movie, one album, orone audio program is assigned as a title.

Chapter: The unit smaller than that of title.A title comprises plural chapters.

Manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and thedouble−D symbol are trademarks ofDolby Laboratories. Confidential un-published works.1992−1997 Dolby Laboratories. Allrights reserved.“DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” areregistered trademarks of Digital The-ater Systems, Inc.

Page 212: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

212

Connecting a USB memory or iPod en-ables you to enjoy music from the ve-hicle speakers.

CAUTIONDo not operate the player’s controlsor connect the USB memory or iPodwhile driving.

NOTICE

� Do not leave your portable player inthe car. In particular, high tempera-tures inside the vehicle may dam-age the portable player.

� Do not push down on or apply un-necessary pressure to the portableplayer while it is connected as thismay damage the portable player orits terminal.

� Do not insert foreign objects intothe port as this may damage theportable player or its terminal.

(a) Connecting a USB memory or iPod

Open the cover and connect a USBmemory or iPod using an iPod cable.Turn on the power of the USB memory oriPod if it is not turned on.

(b) Playing a USB memory or iPod� Playing and pausing a file or track

U6078GS

� USB memory

U6079GS

� iPod

Touch “USB” tab to display this screenif the USB memory or iPod is alreadyconnected.

Touch and the music will start playing.

Touch and the music will pause.

Touch and the music will start playingagain.

— USB memory/iPod operation

Page 213: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

213

INFORMATION� When an iPod is connected and the

audio source is changed to iPodmode, the iPod will resume playfrom the same point in which it waslast used.

� When the USB memory is con-nected and the audio source ischanged to USB memory mode,the USB memory will start playingthe first file in the first folder. If thesame device is removed and rein-serted (and the contents have notbeen changed), the USB memorywill resume play from the samepoint in which it was last used.

� Depending on the iPod or USBmemory that is connected to thesystem, certain functions may notbe available.

� Selecting a play mode (iPod only)

U6079GS

1. Touch “Menu”.

2. Select the desired play mode.

Page 214: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

214

� Selecting a desired folder (USBmemory only)

U6078GS

“Folder�”: Touch this button to go to thenext folder.

“Folder�”: Touch this button to go to theprevious folder.

“Select” for Folder: The desired foldercan be selected in a list. This function isavailable only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

Touch “Select”. The folder list is dis-played.

Touch the desired folder number. The play-er will start playing the first file of the se-lected folder.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 folder groups.If this touch−screen button is touchedwhen the top page of the list is displayed,the last page is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 foldergroups. If this touch−screen button istouched when the last page of the list isdisplayed, the top page is displayed.

Page 215: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

215

� Selecting a desired file or track

“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for directaccess to a desired file or track.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and repeat it until the desired file ortrack appears on the screen. As you re-lease the button, the USB memory or iPodwill start playing the selected file or trackfrom the beginning.

Fast forward:Push and hold the “ ” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button to fast forward the player.When you release the button, the playerwill resume playing from that position.

Reverse:Push and hold the “ ” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button to reverse the player.When you release the button, the playerwill resume playing.

“TUNE/FILE” knob: Use for direct accessto a desired file or track in the player.

Turn the “TUNE/FILE” knob to step up ordown all the files or tracks in the player youare currently listening to.

Page 216: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

216

U6078GS

� USB memory

U6079GS

� iPod

“Select” for File or Track: The desiredfile or track can be selected in a list. Thisfunction is available only when the vehicleis not moving.

Touch “Select”. The file or track list is dis-played.

Touch the desired file or track number. Thechanger will start playing the selected fileor track from the beginning.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves up by 5 file or trackgroups. If this touch−screen button istouched when the top page of the list is dis-played, the last page is displayed.

: By touching this touch−screen but-

ton, the list moves down by 5 file or trackgroups. If this touch−screen button istouched when the last page of the list isdisplayed, the top page is displayed.

Page 217: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

217

� Searching for a desired file (USBmemory only)

U6111GS

Touch “SCAN” on the screen brieflywhile the music is playing.“SCAN” appears on the screen. The play-er will play the next file for 10 seconds,then scan again. To select a file, touch“SCAN” on the screen a second time. Ifthe player reaches the end of the memory,it will continue scanning at file1.

After all the files are scanned in one pass,normal play resumes.

� Searching for a desired folder (USBmemory only)

U6112GS

Touch “SCAN” on the screen for longerthan a second while the music is play-ing.“FLD.SCAN” appears on the screen. Theprogram at the beginning of each folder willbe played for 10 seconds. To continue lis-tening to the program of your choice, touch“SCAN” on the screen a second time.

After all the folders are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

Page 218: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

218

� Other functions

U6078GS

� USB memory

U6079GS

� iPod

“RPT”: Use this control to automatic re-play the file or track you are currently lis-tening to.

Repeating a file or track—While the file or track is playing, touch“RPT” briefly.“RPT” appears on the screen. When thefile or track is finished, the player will auto-matically play it again. To cancel the re-peat, select “RPT” once again.

Repeating a folder (USB memoryonly) —While the folder is playing, touch “RPT”for longer than a second.“FLD.RPT” appears on the screen. Whenthe folder is finished, the changer will auto-matically go back to the beginning of thefolder and play the folder again. To cancelit, select “RPT” once again.

“RAND”: Use this for automatic and ran-dom selection of files or tracks on the al-bum that you are currently listening to.

Playing the file or track in random or-der—While the file or track is playing, touch“RAND” briefly.“RAND” appears on the screen. The sys-tem selects a file or track you are currentlylistening to. To cancel this function, touch“RAND” once again.

Playing the files in all files in random or-der —Touch “RAND” for longer than a secondwhile the music is playing. “FLD.RAND”appears on the screen. The system se-lects a file in all files. To cancel it, touch“RAND” once again.

When a file is skipped or the system is in-operative, select “RAND” to reset.

Page 219: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

219

U6016SNI

Some parts of the audio system can be ad-justed using the switches on the steeringwheel.

Details of the specific switches, controls,and features are described below.1 Volume control switch2 “ ” switch3 “MODE” switch

1 Volume control switchPush “+” side to increase the volume. Thevolume continues to increase while theswitch is being pressed.

Push “–” side to decrease the volume.The volume continues to decrease whilethe switch is being pressed.

2 “ ” switchRadioThis switch has the following features—

To select a preset station:Quickly push and release the “ ” or “ ”side of the switch. Do this again to selectthe next preset station.

To seek a station:Push and hold the “ ” or “ ” side of theswitch until you hear a beep. Do this againto find the next station. If you push theswitch on either side during the seekmode, seeking will be cancelled.

To step up or down the frequency, pushand hold the switch even after you hear abeep. When you release from the switch,the radio will begin seeking up or down fora station. Do this again to find the next sta-tion.

XM� Satellite Radio—

To select a preset channel, push the “ ”or “ ” side of the switch. Repeat until adesired channel is found.

CD changerUse this switch to skip up or down to a dif-ferent track in either direction.

To select a desired track or file:Quickly push and release the “ ” or “ ”side of the switch until the track you wantto listen to is set. If you want to return to thebeginning of the current track, push the“ ” side of the switch once, quickly.

To select a desired disc:Push and hold the “ ” or “ ” switch untilyou hear a beep to change to the next orthe previous disc. Repeat this operationuntil you reach the disc you want to listento.

Audio/video remote controls(steering switches)

Page 220: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

220

Vehicles with rear seat entertainment sys-tem —

DVD playerWhile the DVD player is in operation, thechapter or track can be changed by push-ing the “ ” or “ ” switch.

Bluetooth� audio playerUse this switch to skip up or down to a dif-ferent track or album in either direction.

To select a desired track:Quickly push and release the “ ” or “ ”side of the switch until the track you wantto listen to is set. If you want to return to thebeginning of the current track, push the“ ” side of the switch once quickly.

To select a desired album:Push and hold “ ” or “ ” switch untilyou hear a beep to change to the next orthe previous album. Repeat this operationuntil you reach the album you want to listento.

USB memory/iPodUse this switch to skip up or down to a dif-ferent track, file, album or folder in eitherdirection.

To select a desired track or file:Quickly push and release the “ ” or “ ”side of the switch until the track or file youwant to listen to is set. If you want to returnto the beginning of the current track or file,push the “ ” side of the switch once,quickly.

To select a desired album or folder:Push and hold “ ” or “ ” switch untilyou hear a beep to change to the next orthe previous album or folder. Repeat thisoperation until you reach the album or fold-er you want to listen to.

3 “MODE” switchPush “MODE” switch to select an audiomode. Each push changes the mode se-quentially if the desired mode is ready touse.

To turn the audio/video system on, pushthe “MODE” switch.

To turn the audio/video system off, pushand hold the “MODE” switch until you heara beep.

Page 221: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

221

NOTICE

To avoid damage to the audio/videosystem:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio/video system.

� Do not put anything other than acompact disc into the slot.

� Do not put anything other than anappropriate disc into the CDchanger or DVD player.

INFORMATIONThe use of a cellular phone inside ornear the vehicle may cause a noisefrom the speakers of the audio sys-tem which you are listening to. How-ever, this does not indicate a malfunc-tion.

RADIO RECEPTIONUsually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem with yourradio — it is just the normal result of condi-tions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal will be.In addition, reception conditions changeconstantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FMFading and drifting stations — Generally,the effective range of FM is about 25 miles(40 km). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi−path — FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If this hap-pens, the signals will cancel each otherout, causing a momentary flutter or loss ofreception.

Static and fluttering — These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping — If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weakened,and there is another strong station nearbyon the FM band, your radio may tune in thesecond station until the original signal canbe picked up again.

AMFading — AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere — especially atnight. These reflected signals can inter-fere with those received directly from theradio station, causing the radio station tosound alternately strong and weak.

Station interference — When a reflectedsignal and a signal received directly froma radio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static — AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

Audio/video systemoperating hints

Page 222: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

222

XM�

Cargo loaded on the roof luggage carrier,especially metal objects, may adverselyaffect the reception of XM� Satellite Radio.Alternation or modifications carried out with-out appropriate authorization may invalidatethe user’s right to operate the equipment.iPodAbout iPod—� Apple is not responsible for the opera-

tion of this device or its compliance withsafety and regulatory standards.

� iPod is a trademark of Apple lnc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.

Compatible models—

Model Generation Software version

iPod 5thgeneration

Ver. 1.2.0 orhigher

iPodnano

1stgeneration

Ver. 1.3.0 orhigher

2ndgeneration

Ver. 1.1.2 orhigher

3rdgeneration

Ver. 1.0.0 orhigher

iPodtouch

1stgeneration

Ver. 1.1.0 orhigher

iPodclassic

1stgeneration

Ver. 1.0.0 orhigher

Depending on differences between mod-els or software versions etc., some modelslisted above might be incompatible withthis system.iPod 4th generation and earlier models arenot compatible with this system.iPhone, iPod mini, iPod shuffle and iPodphoto are not compatible with this system.

USB memoryUSB memories that can be used for MP3and WMA playback.� USB communication formats: USB 2.0

FS (12 MBPS)� File formats: FAT 16/32 (Windows�)� Correspondence class: Mass storage

classCARING FOR YOUR CD CHANGER,DVD PLAYER AND DISCS� Your CD changer is intended for use

with 4.7 in. (12 cm) discs only.� Extremely high temperatures can keep

your CD changer and DVD player fromworking. On hot days, use the airconditioning to cool the vehicle interiorbefore you use the changer and player.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your CD changer and DVD play-er skip.

� If moisture gets into your CD changerand DVD player, you may not play eventhough they appear to be working. Re-move the disc from the changer andplayer and wait until it dries.

CAUTIONCD changer and DVD player use aninvisible laser beam which couldcause hazardous radiation exposureif directed outside the unit. Be sure tooperate the changers and playerscorrectly.

Page 223: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

223

XS18016

CD changer� Use only discs marked as shown abo-

ve. The following products may not beplayable on your changer.

Copy−protected CDCD−ROM

Audio CDs

DVD videodiscs

Video CDs

DVD player� Use only discs marked as shown abo-

ve. The following products may not beplayable on your player.

SACDCopy−protected CDCD−ROMDVD−RDVD+RDVD−RWDVD+RWDVD−ROMDVD−RAM

Page 224: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

224

6U5B93X

� Special shaped discs

6U5B95X

� Transparent/translucent discs

6U5B94X

� Low quality discs

6U5B96X

� Labeled discs

NOTICE

� Do not use special shaped, trans-parent/translucent, low quality orlabeled discs such as those shownin the illustrations. The use of suchdiscs may damage the player orchanger, or it may be impossible toeject the disc.

� This system is not designed for useof Dual Disc. Do not use Dual Discbecause it may cause damage tothe player or changer.

� Do not use a disc with protectionring. The use of such disc maydamage the player or changer, or itmay be impossible to eject thedisc.

� If a disc cannot be ejected, do notforcibly take out the disc. Keeppushing the “LOAD· /CLOSE”button for approximately 5 sec-onds and release it. At this time,the audio disc and the map DVD−ROM will be ejected.

Page 225: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

225

6U5B97X

� Correct � Wrong

� Handle discs carefully, especiallywhen you are inserting them. Holdthem on the edge and do not bend the-m. Avoid getting fingerprints on them,particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold the discup to the light.)

� Remove discs from the players whenyou are not using them. Store them intheir plastic cases away from moisture,heat, and direct sunlight.

6U5B98X

To clean a disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint−free cloth that has been dampened withwater. Wipe in a straight line from the cen-ter to the edge of the disc (not in circles).Dry it with another soft, lint−free cloth. Donot use a conventional record cleaner oranti−static device.

Page 226: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

226

MP3/WMA FILES� MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) and WMA

(Windows Media Audio) are audiocompression standards.

� The MP3/WMA player can play MP3and WMA files on CD−ROM, CD−Rand CD−RW discs.

The unit can play disc recordings com-patible with ISO 9660 level 1 and level2 and with the Romeo and Joliet filesystem.

� When naming an MP3 or WMA file, addthe appropriate file extension (.mp3 or.wma).

� The MP3/WMA player plays back fileswith .mp3 or .wma file extensions asMP3 or WMA files. To prevent noiseand playback errors, use the appropri-ate file extensions.

� The player can play only the first ses-sion using multi−session compatibleCDs.

� MP3 player—MP3 files are compatiblewith the ID3 Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver.2.2, and Ver. 2.3 formats. The unit can-not display disc title, track title and art-ist name in other formats.

� USB memory—MP3 files are compat-ible with the ID3 Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver.1.1,Ver 2.2, Ver 2.3 and Ver 2.4 formats.The unit cannot display track title andartist name in other formats.

� WMA files can contain a WMA tag thatis used in the same way as an ID3 tag.WMA tags carry information such astrack title, artist name.

� The emphasis function is availableonly when playing MP3/WMA files re-corded at 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz.

Sampling frequencyMP3 files for MP3 player:MPEG 1 LAYER 3—32, 44.1, 48 kHzMPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3—16, 22.05, 24 kHzMP3 files for USB memory:MPEG 1 AUDIO LAYER 2, 3—32,44.1, 48kHzMPEG 2 AUDIO LAYER 2, 3—16, 22.05,24 kHzMPEG 2.5—8, 11.025, 12 kHzWMA files for WMA player:Ver. 7, 8, 9 CBR—32, 44.1, 48kHzWMA files for USB memory:Ver. 9—HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 kHz

� The sound quality of MP3/WMA filesgenerally improves with higher bit rate-s. In order to achieve a reasonable lev-el of sound quality, discs recorded witha bit rate of at least 128 kbps are rec-ommended.

Playable bit ratesMP3 files for MP3 player:MPEG1 LAYER3—64 to 320 kbpsMPEG2 LSF LAYER3—64 to 160 kbpsMP3 files for USB memory:MPEG 1 AUDIO LAYER 2, 3—32 to320 kbpsMPEG 2 AUDIO LAYER 2, 3—32 to160 kbpsMPEG 2.5—32 to 160 kbpsWMA files for WMA player:Ver. 7, 8 CBR—48 to 192 kbpsVer. 9 CBR—48 to 320 kbpsWMA files for USB memory:Ver. 9 CBR— 32 to 320 kbps

� The MP3/WMA player does not playback MP3/WMA files from discs re-corder using packet write data transfer(UDF format). Discs should be re-corded using “pre−mastering” softwarerather than packet−write software.

� M3u playlists are not compatible withthe audio player.

� MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PROformats are not compatible with the au-dio player.

� The player is compatible with VBR(Variable Bit Rate).

Page 227: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

227

� When playing back files recorded asVBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the playtime will not be correctly displayed iffast−forward or reverse operations areused.

� It is not possible to check folders thatdo not include MP3/WMA files.

� MP3/WMA files in folders up to 8 levelsdeep can be played. However, thestart of playback may be delayed whenusing discs containing numerous lev-els of folders. For this reason, we rec-ommend creating discs with no morethan two levels of folders.

6U5161aX003.mp3

001.mp3002.mp3

Folder 1

Folder 2004.mp3005.mp3

Folder 3006.mp3

MP3 player (rear seat entertainment system)

6U5161aX

001.mp3002.wma

Folder 1003.mp3Folder 2004.mp3005.wma

Folder 3006.mp3

MP3/WMA player (front audio system)

Page 228: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

228

� The play order of the compact disc withthe structure shown above is as fol-lows:

MP3 player (rear seat entertainment sys-tem)

001.mp3 002.mp3 . . . 006.mp3

MP3/WMA player (front audio system)

001.mp3 002.wma . . . 006.mp3

� MP3 player (rear seat entertainmentsystem)—It is possible to play up to253 folders on one disc.

� MP3/WMA player (front audio sys-tem)—It is possible to play up to 192folders or 255 files on one disc.

� USB memory—It is possible to play upto 999 folders or 255 files per folder.

� The order changes depending on thePC and MP3/WMA encoding softwareyou use.

CD−R and CD−RW discs� CD−R/CD−RW discs that have not

been subject to the “finalizing process”(a process that allows discs to beplayed on a conventional CD player)cannot be played.

� It may not be possible to play CD−R/CD−RW discs recorded on a musicCD recorder or a personal computerbecause of disc characteristics,scratches or dirt on the disc, or dirt,condensation, etc. on the lens of theunit.

� It may not be possible to play discs re-corded on a personal computer de-pending on the application settings andthe environment. Record with the cor-rect format. (For details, contact theappropriate application manufacturersof the applications.)

� CD−R/CD−RW discs may be damagedby direct exposure to sunlight, hightemperatures or other storage condi-tions. The unit may be unable to playsome damaged discs.

� If you insert a CD−RW disc into theMP3/WMA player, playback will beginmore slowly than with a conventionalCD or CD−R disc.

� Recordings on CD−R/CD−RW cannotbe played using the DDCD (DoubleDensity CD) system.

Page 229: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

229

TERMSPacket write—This is a general term that describes theprocess of writing data on−demand toCD−R, etc., in the same way that data iswritten to floppy or hard discs.

ID3 Tag—This is a method of embedding track−re-lated information in an MP3 file. This em-bedded information can include the tracktitle, the artist’s name, the album title, themusic genre, the year of production, com-ments and other data. The contents canbe freely edited using software with ID3 tagediting functions. Although the tags are re-stricted to the number of characters, the in-formation can be viewed when the track isplayed back.

WMA Tag—WMA files can contain a WMA tag that isused in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMAtags carry information such as track title,artist name.

ISO 9660 format—This is the international standard for theformatting of CD−ROM folders and files.For the ISO 9660 format, there are two lev-els of regulations.

Level 1:

The file name is in 8.3 format (8 characterfile names, with a 3 character file exten-sion. File names must be composed ofone−byte capital letters and numbers. The“_” symbol may also be included.)

Level 2:

The file name can have up to 31 characters(including the separation mark “.” and fileextension). Each folder must contain few-er than 8 hierarchies.

m3u—Playlists created using “WINAMP” soft-ware have a playlist file extension (.m3u).

MP3—MP3 is an audio compression standard de-termined by a working group (MPEG) ofthe ISO (International Standard Organiza-tion). MP3 compresses audio data toabout 1/10 the size of that on conventionaldiscs.

WMA—WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audiocompression format developed by Micro-soft�. It compresses files into a size small-er than that of MP3 files. The decoding for-mats for WMA files are Ver. 7, 8, and 9.

Page 230: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

AUDIO/VIDEO SYSTEM

230

Page 231: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 7

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

231

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

� Rear view monitor system 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 232: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

232

The rear view monitor system assiststhe driver by displaying an image of theview behind the vehicle while backingup.The image is displayed in reverse onthe screen. This allows the image toappear in the same manner as that ofthe rear view mirror.Vehicles with smart key system —To display the rear view image on thescreen, the shift lever is in the “R” posi-tion when the “ENGINE START STOP”switch is in the IGNITION ON mode.Vehicles without smart key system —To display the rear view image on thescreen, the shift lever is in the “R” posi-tion when the engine switch is in the“ON” position.If you move the shift lever out of the “R”position, the screen returns to the previousscreen. Operating another function of thenavigation system will display anotherscreen.

The rear view monitor system is a supple-mental device intended to assist back up.When backing up, be sure to check behindand all around the vehicle visually.

Vehicles with Intuitive parking as-sist—when the Intuitive parking assist areturned on and an obstacle is detected infront of or behind your vehicle, a warningappears on the rear view monitor. For de-tails, refer to the “Owner’s Manual”.

CAUTION

� Never depend on the rear viewmonitor system entirely whenbacking up. Always make sureyour intended path is clear.Use caution, just as you wouldwhen backing up any vehicle.

� Never back up while looking only atthe screen. The image on thescreen is different from actualconditions. In wide mode, the per-ceived distance in the imagesshown on the screen is particularlydifferent from the actual distance.Depicted distances between ob-jects and flat surfaces will differfrom the actual distances. If youback up while looking only at thescreen, you may hit a vehicle, a per-son or an object. When backing up,be sure to check behind and allaround the vehicle visually andwith mirrors before proceeding.

� Do not use the system when thebackdoor is not completely closed.

� In the evening, or in other situa-tions with no light sources, thesides may not be visible in widemode.

� Use your own eyes to confirm thevehicle’s surroundings, as the dis-played image may become faint ordark, and moving images will bedistorted, or not entirely visiblewhen the outside temperature islow. When backing up, be sure tocheck behind and all around the ve-hicle visually and with mirror be-fore proceeding.

Rear view monitor system —

Page 233: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

233

� Do not use the system in the follow-ing cases:� On icy or slick road surfaces, or

in snow.� When using tire chains or emer-

gency tires.� On roads that are not flat or

straight, such as curves orslopes.

NOTICE

� If the back of the vehicle is hit, theposition and mounting angle of thecamera may change. Be sure tohave the camera’s position andmounting angle checked at yourToyota dealer.

� As the camera has a water proofconstruction, do not detach, disas-semble or modify it. This maycause incorrect operation.

� If the temperature changes rapidly,such as when hot water is pouredon the vehicle in cold weather, thesystem may not operate normally.

� Do not scrub the lens strongly orpolish the lens using stiff brushesor abrasive cleansers. Doing socould scratch the lens and affectthe image.

� Do not allow organic solvent, carwax, window cleaner or glass coatto adhere to the camera. If this hap-pens, wipe it off as soon as pos-sible.

� When replacing the tires, pleaseconsult your Toyota dealer. If youreplace the tires, the position of theguide lines displayed on the screenmay change.

� When washing the vehicle, do notapply intensive bursts of water tothe camera or camera area. Doingso may result in the camera mal-functioning.

INFORMATION� If the camera lens becomes dirty, it

cannot transmit a clear image. Ifwater droplets, snow, or mud ad-here to the lens, rinse with waterand wipe with a soft cloth. If thelens is extremely dirty, wash it witha mild cleanser and rinse.

� The regular mode image looksrougher than a wide mode.

Page 234: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

234

� Area displayed on screenImage is displayed approximately levelon screen.

On screen

Corners of bumper

� Regular mode

Corners of bumper

On screen

� Wide mode

The area detected by the camera is lim-ited.The camera does not detect objectsclose to either corner of the bumper orunder the bumper.

INFORMATIONThe following explanation is for theregular mode screen (the operatingprocedures for regular and widemode are the same).

Page 235: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

235

Area displayed on the screen may varyaccording to vehicle status or road con-ditions.

� The rear view monitor system cam-era

Page 236: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

236

The rear view monitor system camera is lo-cated on the back door as shown in the il-lustration.

The camera uses a special lens. The per-ceived distance from images that appearon the screen differs from the actual dis-tance.

When the camera is used under fluores-cent lights, sodium lights, mercury lightsetc., the lights and the illuminated areasmay appear to flicker.

In the following cases, it may become diffi-cult to see the images on the screen, butthis is not a malfunction.

� In the dark (for example, at night)

� When the temperature near the lens ishigh or low

� When water droplets are adhering tothe camera, or when humidity is high(for example, when it rains)

� When foreign matter (for example,mud) is adhering to the camera

� When the camera has scratches or dirton it

� When the sun or the beam of head-lights is shining directly into the cameralens

If a bright light (for example, sunlight re-flected off the vehicle body) is picked up bythe camera, the smear effect∗, peculiar tothe CCD camera, may occur.∗: Smear effect — A phenomenon that oc-curs when a bright light (for example, sun-light reflected off the vehicle body) ispicked up by the camera; when trans-mitted by the camera, the light source ap-pears to have a vertical streak above andbelow it.

Page 237: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

237

Instructions given are only examples.When and how much to turn the steer-ing wheel will vary according to trafficconditions, road surface conditions,vehicle condition, etc. when parking.It is necessary to be fully aware of thisbefore using the rear view monitor sys-tem. Also, when parking, be sure tocheck that the parking space will ac-commodate your vehicle before ma-neuvering into it.

CAUTION

Depending on the circumstances ofthe vehicle (number of passengers,amount of luggage, etc.), the positionof the guide lines displayed on thescreen may change. Be sure to checkvisually behind and all around the ve-hicle before proceeding.

(a) To activate the rear view monitorsystem

Vehicles with smart key system —To activate the rear view monitor sys-tem, place the shift lever in the “R”position when the “ENGINE STARTSTOP” switch is in IGNITION ON mode.Vehicles without smart key system —To activate the rear view monitor sys-tem, place the shift lever in the “R”position when the engine switch is inthe “ON” position.� If you move the shift lever out of the “R”

position, the screen returns to the pre-vious screen. Operating another func-tion of the navigation system will dis-play another screen.

� Even if the shift lever is in the “R” posi-tion, you can change to another func-tion mode such as navigation mode oraudio mode.

— Maneuvering whenparking

Page 238: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

238

(b) Selecting wide or regular modeRegular mode and wide mode areswitched when the wide/regular modeselection switch is touched.The current mode is indicated by theyellow indicator.

� Regular mode

� Wide mode

(c) The modes of the rear view monitorsystemThe rear view monitor system has thefollowing three modes. Use each modeaccording to need.

Page 239: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

239

� Estimated course line display

1 Wide/regular mode select switchTouching this button changes be-tween regular mode and wide mode.(See page 238.)

2 Vehicle width extension guidelinesThese lines indicate the estimatedvehicle width extension. When thesteering wheel is straight (the vehicleis straight), the vehicle width exten-sion guide lines overlap with the esti-mated course lines.

3 Estimated course linesThese lines indicate the estimatedcourse in which the vehicle movesbackward. The lines move in syncwith the steering wheel.

4 Distance guide line (yellow)The line moves, together with the es-timated course lines, in sync with thesteering wheel. The centre of the lineindicates a position on the groundabout 3 ft. (1 m) behind the rearbumper of the vehicle.If the steering wheel is not straight, adiscrepancy may occur.

5 Distance guide line (red)The line moves, together with the es-timated course lines, in sync with thesteering wheel. The centre of the lineindicates a position on the groundabout 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) behind the rearbumper of the vehicle.If the steering wheel is not straight, adiscrepancy may occur.

6 Distance guide line (green)The line indicates a position on theground about 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) behindthe rear bumper of the vehicle.

7 Guide line display mode buttonTouching this button turns guide linedisplay mode on.

See “— Estimated course line displaymode” on page 244 for details.

Page 240: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

240

� Guide line display mode

1 Wide/regular mode select switchTouching this button changes be-tween regular mode and wide mode.(See page 238.)

2 Vehicle width extension guidelinesThese lines indicate the estimatedvehicle width extension.

3 Parking assist guide linesThese lines indicate the points atwhich you should turn the steeringwheel fully and back up at the small-est turning circle.

4 Distance guide lineThis line indicates a position on theground about 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) behind onthe ground of the rear bumper of yourvehicle.

5 Course line deletion mode buttonTouching this button turns course linedeletion mode on.

See “— Estimated course line displaymode” on page 244 for details.

� Course line deletion mode

1 Wide/regular mode select switchTouching this button changes be-tween regular mode and wide mode.(See page 238.)

2 Distance guide lineThis line indicates a position on theground about 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) behind onthe ground of the rear bumper of yourvehicle.

3 Estimated course line displaymode buttonTouching this button turns estimatedcourse line display mode on.

Page 241: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

241

In any of the following situations, thereis a margin of error between the guidelines on the screen and the actual dis-tance/course on the road.

� When the grade behind the vehicleslopes up sharply, objects appear tobe farther away than they actuallyare.

— Driving precautions

Page 242: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

242

� When the grade behind the vehicleslopes down sharply, objects ap-pear to be closer than they actuallyare.

� When any part of the vehicle sagsdue to the number of passengers orthe distribution of the load, there isa margin of error between the guidelines on the screen and the actualdistance/course on the road.

Page 243: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

243

� 1 Approx. 1.5 ft. (0.5 m)

The distance that appears on thescreen between three−dimensional ob-jects (such as vehicles) and flat sur-faces (such as the road) and the actualdistance differ as follows.In reality, A = B < C ( A and B areequally far away; C is farther than Aand B ). However, on the screen, the sit-uation appears to be B < C < A .

On the screen, it appears that a truck isparking about 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) away. Howev-er, in reality if you back up to point B , youwill hit the truck.

The width of thetruck

Estimated course line display mode—Theestimated course lines are displayed ac-cording to flat surfaces (such as the road).It is not possible to determine the positionof the three−dimensional objects (such asvehicles) using the estimated course.

In the case shown above, the truck ap-pears to be outside of the lines and the ve-hicle does not look as if it will hit the truck.However, the width of the truck extends outfrom the truck in a line, and this line mayactually be on the lines. In reality if youback up as guided by the lines, the vehiclemay hit the truck.

Similarly, when the lines pass near any ob-ject(s) or obstacle(s), be sure to check thearea behind and around the vehicle visual-ly.

Page 244: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

244

� Example of how to use the systemwhen parking (perpendicular park-ing)

The following example describes the pro-cedure for pulling into a parking space onthe left. For pulling into a parking space onthe right, substitute right for left and viceversa in all steps.

1. Put the shift lever in the “R” position. Ifany other display mode is selected, switchto estimated course line display mode.

2. While referring to the screen and mir-rors, back into the parking space.

— Estimated course linedisplay mode

Page 245: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

245

3. Turn the steering wheel so that the esti-mated course lines are within the parkingspace, and back up carefully.

4. When the rear of the vehicle is withinthe parking space, turn the steering wheelin order to equalize the left and right inter-vals between the vehicle width extensionlines and the parking space side lines.

Page 246: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

246

5. When the vehicle width extension linesand the parking space side lines are paral-lel, straighten the steering wheel (straightbackward position) and then carefullyback up until the entire vehicle is within theparking space.

Even if the distance guide line and theparking space rear edge appear to be par-allel on the screen, in reality they may notbe parallel.

� Example of how to use the systemwhen parking (perpendicular park-ing)

The following example describes the pro-cedure for pulling into a parking space onthe left. For pulling into a parking space onthe right, substitute right for left and viceversa in all steps.

1. Put the shift lever in the “R” position. Ifany other display mode is selected, switchto guide line display mode.

2. While referring to the screen and mir-rors, back into the parking space.

— Guide line display mode

Page 247: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

247

3. Back up until the parking assist guide-lines meet the left edge of the parkingspace. Stop the vehicle, turn the steeringwheel all the way to the right, and back upthe vehicle to park.

The point at which you should turn thesteering wheel depends on the width of theparking space.

4. When the vehicle is in the parkingspace, turn the steering wheel so that thevehicle width extension guide lines and theclearance to the left and right of the parkingspace are about the same near the vehi-cle. Back up slowly.

Page 248: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

248

5. Turn the steering wheel so that the ve-hicle width extension guide lines are paral-lel with the parking space lines. When thelines are parallel, straighten the steeringwheel and back up slowly.

Even if the distance guide line and theparking space rear edge appear to be par-allel on the screen, in reality they may notbe parallel.

When there is only one line dividing thespaces in a parking lot, even if the vehiclewidth extension guide lines and the park-ing space right side (left side) appear to beparallel on the screen, in reality they maynot be parallel.

Page 249: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

249

If the message “System initializing” will bedisplayed on the screen, the help screen

appears when is touched. Make acorrection using the following method inaccordance with the display.

When the vehicle is stopped, turn thesteering wheel all the way to the left, thenall the way to the right. (It does not matterin which direction — right or left — you turnfirst.)

When the screen returns to the original dis-play, correction is complete.

If the above screen remains, have the ve-hicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.

— If the message “Systeminitializing” will be displayed

Page 250: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

250

Page 251: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 8

SETUP

251

SETUP

� General settings 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Used for language selection and the on/off settings of operation sounds and automatic screen change.)

� Clock settings 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Used for changing time zones and the on/off settings of daylight saving time.)

� Voice settings 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Voice guidance can be set.)

� Navigation settings 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (“Home” and “Preset Destinations” can be set and edited.)

� Detailed navigation settings 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Average cruising speed, displayed screen contents, and POI icon categories can be set.)

� Telephone settings 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Bluetooth� phones can be registered.)

� Audio settings 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Settings are available for portable audio devices and Bluetooth� audio devices players.)

� Vehicle settings 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Vehicle information can be set.)

Page 252: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

252

Used for language selection and the on/offsettings of operation sounds and automat-ic screen change.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “General”.

3. Touch the items to be set.4. Touch “Save”.

SCREENS FOR GENERAL SETTINGS

On this screen, the following functions canbe performed.

No. Function

1You can change the language.(See “� Selecting a language” onpage 253.)

2

Rear system lock* can be set to“On” or “Off”. (See “� Rear sys-tem lock” on page 254.)

* : Vehicles with rear seat enter-tainment system

3 “On” or “Off” can be selected tosound beeps.

4

“On” or “Off” can be selected forautomatic screen changes fromthe audio screen to the map.When “On” is selected, thescreen will automatically return tothe map from the audio screen af-ter 20 seconds.

General settings

Page 253: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

253

No. Function

5Line color can be changed. (See“� Selecting the line color” on page254.)

6Keyboard layout can be changed.(See “� Selecting a keyboard lay-out” on page 255.)

7Distance unit can be changed.(See “� Unit of measurement” onpage 255.)

8The personal data can be deleted.(See “� Delete personal data” onpage 256.)

� Selecting a languageYou can change the language.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Language”.

4. Touch the desired button.The previous screen will be displayed.

5. Touch “Save”.

Page 254: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

254

� Rear system lock (with rear seat en-tertainment system)

If the vehicle is equipped with the rear seatentertainment system, the rear seat enter-tainment system can be locked to preventrear passengers from operating the enter-tainment system.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Rear System Lock”.

4. Select “On” or “Off” and then touch“Save”.“On”: The rear passengers cannot oper-ate the rear seat entertainment system.Only front passengers can operate thesystem.

“Off”: Both the front and rear passengerscan operate the rear seat entertainmentsystem.

� Selecting the line colorLine color can be changed.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Line Color”.

4. Touch the desired color.

The line color will be changed.

5. Touch “Save”.

Page 255: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

255

� Unit of measurementDistance unit can be changed.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“General Settings” screen.

3. Touch “Unit of Measurement”.

4. Select “Kilometer” or “Mile”.5. Touch “Save”.

INFORMATIONThis function is available only in En-glish or Spanish. To switch lan-guage, see “� Selecting a language”on page 253.

� Selecting a keyboard layoutKeyboard layout can be changed.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“General Settings” screen.

3. Touch “Keyboard Layout”.

4. Touch “ABC” or “QWERTY” of“Keyboard Layout” to choose the key-board layout.5. Touch “Save”.

Page 256: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

256

LAYOUT TYPE

� “ABC” type

� “QWERTY” type

� Delete personal dataThe following personal data can be de-leted or returned to their default settings:

� Maintenance conditions� Maintenance information “off” set-

ting� Address book� Areas to avoid� Previous points� Route trace� Phonebook data� Call history data� Speed dial data� Voice tag data� Bluetooth� phone data� Phone volume setting� Details phone settingThis function is available only when the ve-hicle is not moving.

Page 257: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

257

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “General” on the “Setup”screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“General Settings” screen.

3. Touch “Delete Personal Data”.

4. Touch “Delete”.

5. Touch “Yes”.

Used for changing time zones and the on/off settings of daylight saving time.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Clock”.

3. Touch the items to be set.4. Touch “Save”.

Clock settings

Page 258: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

258

SCREEN FOR CLOCK SETTINGS

On this screen, the following functions canbe performed.

No. Function

1 Time zone can be changed. (See“� Time zone” on page 258.)

2 “On” or “Off” can be selected fordaylight savings time.

� Time zoneA time zone can be selected and GMT canbe set.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Clock” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Touch “Time Zone”.

4. Touch the desired time zone.If you touch “Other”, adjust the zonemanually.

5. Touch “OK”.

Page 259: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

259

Voice guidance can be set.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Voice”.

3. Touch the items to be set.4. Touch “Save”.

SCREEN FOR VOICE SETTINGS

On this screen, the following functions canbe performed.

No. Function

1The voice guidance volume canbe adjusted or switched off. (See“� Voice volume” on page 260.)

2 Voice guidance during route guid-ance can be set to “On” or “Off”.

3Voice guidance during audio sys-tem use can be set to “On” or“Off”.

4 Voice recognition talkback can beset to “On” or “Off”.

5

When “On” is selected, thespeech command system can beoperated without pressing the talkswitch more than once.

6When using the traffic informationfunction, voice guidance can beset to “On” or “Off”.

Voice settings

Page 260: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

260

� Voice volumeThe voice guidance volume can be ad-justed or switched off.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Voice” on the “Setup”screen.

3. Select the desired level by touchingthe number.If voice guidance is not needed, touch“Off” to disable the feature.

When selected the number or “Off” will behighlighted.

4. Touch “Save”.

� Traffic voice guidanceYou can receive congestion informationthrough voice guidance while being guidedto your destination.

To turn the “Traffic Voice Guidance” on:

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Voice” on the “Setup”screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“Voice Settings” screen.

3. Select “On” of the “Traffic VoiceGuidance”.4. Touch “Save”.

INFORMATION� This function is available only in

English. To select English, see “�Selecting a language” on page 253.

� When the “Traffic Information” in-dicator is dimmed, “Auto AvoidTraffic”, “Traffic Voice Guidance”and “Show Free Flowing Traffic”will not operate.

Page 261: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

261

Points or areas on the map can be register-ed.

On this screen, the following operationscan be performed.

No. Function

1 Sets home(See page 103.)

2 Sets preset destinations(See page 105.)

3 Sets address book(See page 108.)

4 Sets area to avoid(See page 114.)

5 Deletes previous destinations(See page 119.)

6 Detailed navigation settings(See page 261.)

Average cruising speed, displayed screencontents, and POI icon categories can beset.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Navi.”.

3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings”.

Navigation settings Detailed navigation settings

Page 262: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

262

4. Touch the items to be set.5. Touch “Save”.

SCREENS FOR NAVIGATION SET-TINGS

On this screen, the following functions canbe performed.

No. Function

1Average cruising speed can beset. (See “� Driving speeds” onpage 263.)

2 The automatic input function canbe set to “On” or “Off”.

3During route guidance, voice guid-ance for the next street name canbe set to “On” or “Off”.

4

“On” or “Off” can be selected todisplay cautionary massageswhen the route includes traffic re-strictions or seasonally restrictedroads.

5When “On” is selected, freelyflowing traffic can be shown withthe arrow.

Page 263: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

263

No. Function

6

Displayed POI icon categories canbe set. (See “� POI categorychange (Select POI icons)” onpage 266.)

7

Buttons displayed on the mapscreen when “��Off” is touchedcan be set. (See “� Screen layoutfunction (“��Off” function)” onpage 267.)

8

The current vehicle position markcan be adjusted manually. Miscal-culation of the distance caused bytire replacement can also be ad-justed. (See “� Current position/tire change calibration” on page267.)

9

Display of pop−up information canbe set to “On” or “Off”. (See “�Pop−up information” on the page269.)

� Driving speedsThe speed that is used for the calculationof the estimated travel time and the esti-mated arrival time can be set.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Driving Speeds”.

5. Touch or to set the averagevehicle speeds for “Residential”, “MainStreets”, and “Freeways”.To set the default speeds, touch “De-fault”.

6. After setting of the desired speedsis completed, touch “Save”.

Page 264: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

264

INFORMATION� The displayed time to the destina-

tion is the approximate drivingtime that is calculated based on theselected speeds and the actualposition along the guidance route.

� The time shown on the screen mayvary greatly depending on prog-ress along the route, which may beaffected by conditions such astraffic jams and construction work.

� It is possible to display up to 99hours 59 minutes.

� Auto avoid trafficThe guidance route automaticallychanges to another route to avoid heavycongestion.

To turn the “Auto Avoid Traffic” on:

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Touch “On” of the “Auto Avoid Traf-fic”.5. Touch “Save”.

When congestion information about theguidance route has been received, ascreen will appear to ask you whether toreroute to avoid the congestion.

If you wish to reroute, touch “Yes”. Anoth-er route to allow you to avoid the conges-tion will appear.

If you do not wish to reroute, touch “No”.

Page 265: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

265

INFORMATIONWhen the “Traffic Information” indi-cator is dimmed, “Auto Avoid Traf-fic”, “Traffic Voice Guidance” and“Show Free Flowing Traffic” will notoperate.

� Show free flowing trafficFreely flowing traffic is shown with the ar-row.

To turn the “Show Free Flowing Traffic” on:

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

4. Select “On” of the “Show Free Flow-ing Traffic”.5. Touch “Save”.

INFORMATIONWhen the “Traffic Information” indi-cator is dimmed, “Auto Avoid Traf-fic”, “Traffic Voice Guidance” and“Show Free Flowing Traffic” will notoperate.

Page 266: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

266

� POI category change (Select POI icons)

Select from among the 6 icons displayedon the “Customize POI Icons” screen, sothat setting of the icons to be displayed onthe map screen can be done easily.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“Detailed Navi. Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Customize POI Icons”.

5. Touch the category button to bechanged.

6. Touch the desired group.

If the desired POI category is not on thescreen, touch “List All Categories” to listall POI categories.

7. Touch the desired category.8. Touch “OK”.

Page 267: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

267

� Screen layout function (“��Off” function)

Each touch screen button and currentstreet name on the map screen can be dis-played or hidden.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“Detailed Navi. Settings” screen.

4. Touch ““��Off” Function”.

5. Touch the button to be turned off.The button becomes dimmed.To set the default, touch “Default”.

6. Touch “Save”.

� Current position/tire change cal-ibration

The current vehicle position mark can beadjusted manually. Miscalculation of thedistance caused by tire replacement canalso be adjusted.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“Detailed Navi. Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Calibration”.

5. Touch the desired button.

INFORMATIONFor additional information on the ac-curacy of a current vehicle position,see “Limitations of the navigationsystem” on page 324.

Page 268: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

268

POSITION/DIRECTION CALIBRATIONWhen driving, the current vehicle positionmark will be automatically corrected byGPS signals. If GPS reception is poor dueto location, you can manually adjust thecurrent vehicle position mark.

1. Touch “Position / Direction”.

2. Touch the 8 directional touchscreen button to move the cursor tothe desired point on the map.3. Touch “OK”.

4. Touch either the or to ad-

just the direction of the current vehicleposition mark.5. Touch “OK”.The map will be displayed.

Page 269: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

269

TIRE CHANGE CALIBRATIONThe tire change calibration function will beused when replacing the tires. This func-tion will adjust the miscalculation causedby the circumference difference betweenthe old and new tires. If this procedure isnot performed when the tires are replaced,the current vehicle position mark may beincorrectly displayed.

To perform a distance calibration pro-cedure, touch “Tire Change” on the“Calibration” screen.The message appears and the quick dis-tance calibration is automatically started.A few seconds later, a map will be dis-played.

� Pop−up informationWhen the “Pop−up information” is turnedon, the pop−up information will be dis-played.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Navi.” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Detailed Navi. Settings” onthe “Navigation Settings” screen.

Then touch to display page 2 of the

“Detailed Navi. Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Pop−up Information”.

5. Touch “On” or “Off”.6. Touch “Save”.

Page 270: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

270

When the “Pop−up Information” is turnedoff, the following messages will not be dis-played.

This message appears when the system isin the POI mode and the map scale is over0.5 miles (1 km).

The message appears when the map isswitched to the twin map screen mode.

“Telephone settings” can be changedon the “Phone settings” screen.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Phone”.

Please refer to the following pages foreach setting.

Telephone settings —

Page 271: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

271

You can adjust the voice and ring vol-ume.

1. Touch “Volume”.

2. Change each setting according tothe following procedures.3. When you complete all settings,touch “Save”.

Automatic volume settings for highspeedThe system will automatically increase thevolume by one step up when the speed ex-ceeds 50 mph (80 km/h).

� Voice volume setting1. Touch “Voice Volume”.

2. Touch “–” or “+” to adjust the voicevolume.3. Touch “OK”.

� Ring volume setting1. Touch “Ring Volume”.

2. Touch “–” or “+” to adjust the ringvolume.3. Touch “OK”.

— Volume setting

Page 272: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

272

� Initializing the settingsYou can initialize the settings.1. Touch “Default”.

2. Touch “Yes”.

“Manage phone” is accessed from the“Connect Phone” screen.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch “Manage Phone”.

Please refer to the following pages foreach setting.

— Manage phone

Page 273: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

273

� Registering a Bluetooth� phone

1. Touch “(add new)” to register yourcellular phone to the system.

2. When this screen is displayed, inputthe passcode displayed on the screeninto the phone.For the operation of the phone, see themanual that comes with your cellularphone.

If you want to cancel it, touch “Cancel”.

3. When the connection is completed,this screen is displayed.You do not need to enter the phone in caseof using the same one.

When this screen is displayed, follow theguidance on the screen to try again.

Page 274: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

274

When another Bluetooth� device isconnected

When another Bluetooth� device is cur-rently connected, this screen is displayed.

If you want to disconnect it, touch “Yes”.

INFORMATIONWhen you register your phone,Bluetooth� audio will disconnect. Itwill reconnect automatically whenyou finish registration. It will not bereconnected depending on the phoneyou are using.

You can also register a new Bluetooth�phone in the following way.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Manage Phone”.

4. Touch “Options”.

5. Touch “New Phone”.

Page 275: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

275

6. Touch “(empty)” to register yourcellular phone to the system.The following operations are the sameas the operation after you touch “(addnew)”.

� Selecting a Bluetooth� phoneIn case you register more than oneBluetooth� phone, you need to choosea favorite one.You can select the Bluetooth� phonefrom a maximum of 4 numbers.“(add new)” is displayed when you havenot registered a Bluetooth� phone yet.

Although you can register up to 4Bluetooth� phones in the system, only oneBluetooth� phone can function at a time.

1. Select the phone to connect.The Bluetooth� mark is displayed whenyou connect the phone.

Page 276: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

276

2. The “Connect Bluetooth*” screen isdisplayed.*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

3. When the result message is dis-played, you can use the Bluetooth�phone.

When you connect the phone whileBluetooth� audio is playing

This screen is displayed, and theBluetooth� audio will stop temporarily.

When another Bluetooth� device isconnected

When another Bluetooth� device is cur-rently connected, this screen is displayed.

If you want to disconnect it, touch “Yes”.

Page 277: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

277

Setting the handsfree powerYou can select the state of “HandsfreePower”.

Changes between “On” and “Off” everytime you touch “Handsfree Power”.For the “Handsfree Power”, see“Changing the handsfree power” onpage 302.

� Editing the Bluetooth� phoneYou can see the information of theBluetooth� phone on the system oredit.“Device Name”

The name of Bluetooth�. . . . . phone which is displayed onthe screen. You can change itinto a desired name.

If you change a device name,the name registered in yourcellular phone is not changed.

“Device Address”The address peculiar to the. . . . . system. You cannot change it.

If you have registered twoBluetooth� phones with thesame device name and youcannot distinguish one fromthe other, refer to it.

1. Touch “Options”.

2. Touch “Edit Phones”.

Page 278: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

278

3. Select the phone to edit.

4. This screen is displayed.If you want to change the device name,touch “Edit”.

5. Use the software keyboard to inputthe device name.

6. Confirm the device name and touch“OK”.

Page 279: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

279

� Deleting a Bluetooth� phone

1. Touch “Options”.

2. Touch “Remove Phones”.

3. Select the desired phone or touch“Select All”, then touch “Delete”.You can select multiple phones and deletethem at the same time.

4. Touch “Yes”.

INFORMATIONWhen you delete a Bluetooth�phone, the phonebook data will bedeleted at the same time.

Page 280: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

280

� By voice recognition

You can operate “Connect Phone” by giv-ing a command.

“Connect Phone” includes “Select Phone”,“Add New Phone” and “Handsfree PowerOff” (On).

The operating procedure is similar to othervoice recognition. (For the operation ofvoice recognition, see “Speech commandsystem” on page 44.)

When you select the command of “AddNew Phone”, you must carry out the follow-ing operation on the screen.

INFORMATIONPhonebook data is managed for ev-ery registered phone. When anoth-er phone is connecting, you can notread the registered data.

“Phonebook” is accessed from the“Phonebook Settings” screen.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch “Phonebook”.

Please do each setting from thisscreen.

— Phonebook

Page 281: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

281

“Setting the phonebook” is accessedfrom the “Contacts” screen.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Phonebook”.

4. Touch “Manage Contacts”.

Please refer to the following pages foreach setting.

You can also display the “Contacts”screen in the following way.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.

4. Touch “Options”.

5. Touch “Manage Contacts”.

— Setting the phonebook

Page 282: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

282

� Transferring a phone numberYou can transfer the phone numbers inyour Bluetooth� phone to the system.The phonebook manages a maximumof 4 phonebooks in all. The data for1000 contacts (up to 3 numbers percontact) can be registered in total ofphonebooks.Transfer it while the engine is running.

1. Touch “Transfer Contacts”.

2. Touch “Replace Contacts” or “AddContacts”.In case that the phonebook containsphonebook data, this screen is displayed.

3. Transfer the phonebook data to thesystem using the Bluetooth� phone.This screen appears while transferring. Tocancel it, touch “Cancel”. If the transfer-ring is interrupted on the way, the phone-book data transferred until then can bememorized in the system.

When you have touched “Replace Con-tacts”:If your cellular phone does not supportPBAP or OPP service, you can not use thisfunction.

If your phone supports PBAP service, youcan transfer the phonebook data withoutoperating your phone.

If your phone does not support PBAP ser-vice, you must transfer the phonebookdata by operating your phone.

When you have touched “Add Con-tacts”:If your cellular phone does not supportOPP service, you can not use this function.

You can transfer the phonebook data onlyby operating your phone.

Page 283: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

283

4. In case that you have touched “AddContacts”, this screen is displayed.If you want to transfer another phone-book, touch “Yes”.

u10044gi

When this screen is displayed, try thetransfer operation again.

When another Bluetooth� device isconnected

When another Bluetooth� device is cur-rently connected, this screen is displayed.

If you want to disconnect it, touch “Yes”.

INFORMATIONBluetooth� audio will disconnectduring transfer on phonebook data.In this case, it will reconnect auto-matically when data transfer finish-es. (It will not be reconnected de-pending the phone you are using.)

Page 284: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

284

� Registering the phonebook dataYou can register the phonebook data.Up to 3 numbers per person can be reg-istered.

1. Touch “New Contact”.

2. Use the software keyboard to inputthe name and touch “OK”.

3. Input the phone number and touch“OK”.If you want to use the tone signal afterthe phone number, input the tone signaltoo.

4. Select the phone type.

Page 285: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

285

5. When two or less numbers in totalare registered to this contact, thisscreen is displayed.When you want to add a number to thiscontact, touch “Yes”.

� Editing the phonebook dataYou can register the phone number in“Phone#1”, “Phone#2” and “Phone#3”separately.

1. Touch “Edit Contacts”.

2. Select the data you want to edit.

Page 286: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

286

3. Touch “Edit” for the desired nameor number.4. Edit the name or the number. (See “�Registering the phonebook data” onpage 284.)5. When you complete the edit, touch“Save”.

You can also display the “Edit Contact”screen in the following ways.

From “Contact Data” screen1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.4. Select the desired data from the list.

5. Touch “Options”.

6. Touch “Edit Contact”.

Page 287: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

287

From “Call History” screen1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Call History”.4. Select the desired number from thelist.

5. Touch “Add Contact” or “UpdateContact”.

6. In case that you have touched “Up-date Contact”, this screen is displayed.Select the desired data from the list.

� Deleting the phonebook dataYou can delete the data.When you release your car, delete allyour data on the system.

1. Touch “Delete Contacts”.

2. Select the desired data or touch“Select All”, then touch “Delete”.You can select multiple data and deletethem at the same time.

Page 288: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

288

3. Touch “Yes”.

You can also delete it in the followingway.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.4. Select the desired data from the list.

5. Touch “Options”.

6. Touch “Delete Contact”.

Page 289: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

289

7. Touch “Yes”.

INFORMATIONWhen you delete a Bluetooth�phone, the phonebook data will bedeleted at the same time.

“Speed dials setting” is accessed fromthe “Speed Dials” screen.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Phonebook”.

4. Touch “Manage Speed Dials”.

Please refer to the following pages foreach setting.

— Speed dials setting

Page 290: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

290

You can also display the “Speed Dials”screen in the following way.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Speed Dials”.

4. Touch “Options”.

� Registering the speed dialYou can register the desired phonenumber from phonebook. Up to 18numbers per phone can be registered.

1. Touch “New Speed Dial”.

2. Select the data you want to register.

Page 291: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

291

3. Touch the desired phone number.

4. Touch the touch−screen button youwant to register in.

5. If you select a touch−screen buttonyou registered before, this screen isdisplayed.Touch “Yes” if you want to replace it.

6. When this screen is displayed, theoperation is complete.

Page 292: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

292

You can also register the speed dial inthe following ways.From “Speed Dial” screen1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Speed Dials”.

4. Touch “(add new)”.

5. Touch “Yes” to set new speed dial.

6. Select the data you want to register.

7. Touch the desired phone number.

Page 293: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

293

From “Contact Data” screen1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.4. Select the desired data from the list.

5. Touch “Options”.

6. Touch “Set Speed Dial”.

7. This screen is displayed.The following operations are the sameas the operation when you operate itfrom the “SETUP” button.

Page 294: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

294

� Editing the speed dialYou can edit the speed dial.

1. Touch “Edit Speed Dials”.

2. Touch the touch−screen button youwant to edit.

3. Touch “Edit”.

4. Use the software keyboard to inputthe name.

5. Touch “Save”.

Page 295: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

295

� Deleting the speed dialYou can delete the speed dial.

1. Touch “Delete Speed Dials”.

2. Select the desired data or touch“Select All”, then touch “Delete”.You can select multiple data and deletethem at the same time.

3. Touch “Yes”.

Page 296: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

296

You can delete the call history.

1. Touch “Delete Call History”.

2. Select the desired history to delete.

3. Select the desired data or touch“Select All”, then touch “Delete”.You can select multiple data and deletethem at the same time.

4. Touch “Yes”.

— Deleting call history

Page 297: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

297

You can also delete the call history inthe following way.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Call History”.

4. Touch “Delete”.

5. This screen is displayed.The following operations are the sameas the operation when you operate itfrom the “SETUP” button.You can similarly operate other call his-tory.

“Setting the voice tag” is done by dis-playing “Voice Tags” screen.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Phonebook”.

4. Touch “Manage Voice Tags”.

Please refer to the following pages foreach setting.

— Setting the voice tag

Page 298: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

298

You can also display “Voice Tags”screen in the following way.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.

4. Touch “Options”.

5. Touch “Manage Voice Tags”.

� Registering the voice tagYou can register a voice tag for up to 20numbers.

1. Touch “New Voice Tag”.

2. Select the data you want to register.

Page 299: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

299

3. Touch “� REC”, and record a voicetag.

4. Touch “� Play” to play the voicetag.When you complete the voice tag registra-tion, touch “OK”.

INFORMATIONWhen you use the voice tag, do notchange the language setting fromthe language setting used when reg-istering.If they are different, the voice recog-nition can’t recognize the voice tagthat you have registered.

You can also register the voice tag inthe following way.1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.2. Touch “Phone”.3. Touch “Contacts”.4. Select the desired data from the list.

5. Touch “Options”.

6. Touch “Set Voice Tag”.

Page 300: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

300

7. This screen is displayed.The following operations are the sameas the operation when you operate itfrom the “SETUP” button.

� Editing the voice tag

1. Touch “Edit Voice Tags”.

2. Select the data you want to edit.

3. This screen is displayed.The following operations are the sameas the operation when you register thevoice tag.

Page 301: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

301

� Deleting the voice tag

1. Touch “Delete Voice Tags”.

2. Select the desired data or touch“Select All”, then touch “Delete”.You can select multiple data and deletethem at the same time.

3. Touch “Yes”.

— Bluetooth�You can confirm and change theBluetooth� settings.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch “Bluetooth*”.

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

4. This screen is displayed.

Page 302: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

302

The information displays the followingitems.

“Device Name”The name in the Bluetooth�. . . . . network. You can change it.

“Passcode”The passcode when you used. . . . . to register your Bluetooth�phone in the system. You canchange it.

“Device Address”The address peculiar to the. . . . . system. You can not change it.If the same device name isdisplayed on the screen ofyour phone, refer to it.

If you want to change the settings, referto the following pages.When you change the settings, touch“Save” after changing them.

� Changing the Bluetooth� settingsYou can change the Bluetooth� set-tings according to the following proce-dures.

Changing the handsfree powerThe “Handsfree Power” display showsthe following state.When “Handsfree Power” is “On”:

Vehicles with smart key system—The Bluetooth� phone is automaticallyconnected when you turn the ignition toACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.

Vehicles without smart key system—The Bluetooth� phone is automaticallyconnected when you turn the ignition to the“ACC” or “ON” position.

When “Handsfree Power” is “Off”:The Bluetooth� phone is disconnected,and the system will not connect to it nexttime.

You can select the state of “HandsfreePower”.On: The auto connection is turned on.Off: The auto connection is turned off.You can not change the state from “On”into “Off” while driving.

Page 303: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

303

1. Touch “Handsfree Power”.

2. Touch “On” or “Off”.

3. Touch “Save”.In case that “Handsfree Power” ischanged from “Off” into “On”, Blue-tooth� connection will begin.When you connect the phone whileBluetooth� audio is playing

This screen is displayed, and theBluetooth� audio will stop temporarily.

Page 304: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

304

Editing the device name

1. Touch “Edit” of “Device Name”.

2. Use the software keyboard to inputthe device name.

INFORMATIONThe device names are commonBluetooth� audio and Bluetooth�phone.If you change the device name of thephone, the device name of the audiowill change at same time.However, passcodes can be set sep-arately.

Editing the passcode

1. Touch “Edit” of “Passcode”.

2. Input a passcode and touch “OK”.

Page 305: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

305

� Initializing the Bluetooth� settingsYou can initialize the settings.

1. Touch “Default”.

2. Touch “Yes”.If “Handsfree Power” is changed from “Off”into “On”, Bluetooth� connection will be-gin.

If you connect a phone whileBluetooth� audio is playing

This screen is displayed, and theBluetooth� audio will stop temporarily.

Page 306: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

306

You can do the detail settings.1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Phone”.

3. Touch “Details”.

4. Do each setting according to the fol-lowing procedures.5. When you complete each setting,touch “Save”.

� Incoming call display

You can select the method of the in-coming call display.

1. Touch “Incoming Call DisplayMode”.

— Details

Page 307: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

307

2. Touch “Full Screen” or “DropDown”.“Full Screen” mode

When a call is received, the. . . . . Hands−free screen is dis-played and you can operate iton the screen.

“Drop Down” modeThe message is displayed on. . . . . the upper side of the screen.You can only operate thesteering switch.

� The Bluetooth� connection statusat start up

Vehicles with smart key system—When the “ENGINE START STOP”switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITIONON mode and the Bluetooth� is auto-matically connected, the connectioncheck is displayed.Vehicles without smart key system—When the engine switch is in the “ACC”or “ON” position and the Bluetooth� isautomatically connected, the connec-tion check is displayed.When “Display Phone Status” is “On”,this status is displayed.When “Display Phone Status” is “Off”,this status is not displayed.

Page 308: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

308

1. Touch “Display Phone Status”.

2. Touch “On” or “Off”.

� Initializing the settingsYou can initialize the settings.

1. Touch “Default”.

2. Touch “Yes”.

Page 309: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

309

The portable player to connect can beselected. The registered audio informa-tion can be confirmed and edited.� Selecting a portable playerIf you register a second portable player,either one can be selected for connec-tion.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

U10025GS

2. Touch “Audio” on “Setup” screen.

U10002GS

3. Touch “Select Portable Player” on“Audio setting” screen.You can select from a maximum of twoBluetooth� portable players.

“Empty” is displayed when you have notregistered a portable player yet. TheBluetooth� mark is displayed when youchoose the portable player.

U10003GS

4. Select desired portable player andthen touch “OK”.Although you can register up to two porta-ble players in the system, only one porta-ble player can function at a time.

Audio Settings——Select portable player

Page 310: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

310

� Displaying Bluetooth� informationYou can see or change the informationof the portable player on the system.“Device Name”

The name of Bluetooth� portable. . . player which is displayed on thescreen. You can change it into a de-sired name.

“Device Address”The address peculiar to the system. . . . You cannot change it. If you have reg-istered two Bluetooth� portable play-ers with the same device name andyou cannot distinguish one from theother, refer to it.

“Connection Method”The connection method can be. . . switched between “From Vehicle” and“From Portable Player”.

U10004GS

Select the desired portable player andthen touch “Portable Player Info”.

� Changing a device nameYou can change a device name. Even ifyou change a device name, the nameregistered in your portable player is notchanged.

U10004GS

1. Touch “Portable Player Info” on“Select Portable Player” screen.

U10005GS

2. Touch “Edit” for “Device Name” on“Portable Player Information” screen.

U10006GS

3. Use the software keyboard to inputthe device name.

Page 311: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

311

� Selecting Connection methodThe connection method can be se-lected.From Vehicle: Connect the audio sys-tem to the portable player.From Portable Player: Connect the por-table player to the audio system.

U10007GS

Select desired connection method“From Vehicle” or “From PortablePlayer” and then touch “Save”.

INFORMATIONIf the connection method is set to“From Portable Player”, “AutoBluetooth∗ Connect” cannot beselected.

∗: Bluetooth is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG.Inc.

The Bluetooth� audio settings can beset.� Registering your portable player

U10008GS

1. Touch “Bluetooth∗ Audio Setting”on “Audio Settings” screen.

U9005TI

2. Touch “Register” of “Bluetooth∗

Audio” on “BT Audio Settings” screen.∗: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG.Inc.

—Setting Bluetooth� audio

Page 312: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

312

U10010GS

3. When this screen is displayed, enterthe passcode displayed on the screeninto the portable player.For the operation of the portable player,see the manual that comes with it.

If you want to cancel the entry, touch “Can-cel”.

U10011GS

4. When the connection is complete,this screen is displayed.You do not need to enter the portable play-er in case of using the same one.

U10012GS

When this screen is displayed, follow theguidance on the screen to try connectionagain.

When another Bluetooth� device isconnected

When another Bluetooth� device is cur-rently connected, this screen is displayed.If you want to disconnect it, touch “Yes”.

INFORMATIONIf the device corresponds with bothBluetooth� phone and Bluetooth�audio, register and connect theBluetooth� phone first or aconnection failure may occur whenregistering the Bluetooth� audio.

Page 313: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

313

(a) Removing a Bluetooth� audio

U9006TI

1. Touch “Remove” of “Bluetooth∗

Audio” on “BT Audio Settings” screen.

U10014GS

2. Select the portable player you wantto delete and touch “OK”.

U10015GS

3. Touch “Yes” to unregister the se-lected portable player.∗: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG.Inc.

U10016GS

If the selected portable player is in use, thisscreen will appear. Touch “Yes”. The sys-tem will disconnect the portable player andremove it.

Page 314: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

314

(b) Connecting Bluetooth� audioAUTOMATICALLY

U9007TI

Touch “On” for “Auto Bluetooth∗ connect”to activate the automatic connection forthe Bluetooth�. Always set it to this modeand leave the Bluetooth� portable player ina condition where connection can beestablished. The “Auto Bluetooth∗

Connect” cannot be selected if theconnection method is set to “FromPortable Player”.∗: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of

Bluetooth SIG.Inc.

U10018GS

Vehicles with smart key system—

When the “ENGINE START STOP” switchis in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ONmode, the selected portable player will beautomatically connected and the connec-tion result is displayed.

Vehicles without smart key system—

When the engine switch is in the “ACC” or“ON” position, the selected portable playerwill be automatically connected and theconnection result is displayed.

MANUALLYWhen the auto connection fails or turns off,you have to connect Bluetooth� manually.

For the manual operation, see page 181.

Page 315: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

315

(c) Changing the passcodeThe passcode for registering your por-table player on the system can bechanged. You can change this to a 4 to8 digit number of your choice. The de-fault is “0000”.

U9008TI

1. Touch “Edit” of “Passcode” on “BTAudio Settings” screen.

U10020GS

2. Enter the new 4−8 digits passcodeand touch “OK”.

Each time you touch , an input digit

is deleted.

(d) Changing the device nameYou can change a device name. Even ifyou change a device name, the nameregistered in your portable player is notchanged.

U9009TI

1. Touch “Edit” of “Device Name” on“BT Audio Settings” screen.

U10022GS

2. Enter the new device name andtouch “OK”.

INFORMATIONThe device names are common toBluetooth� audio and Bluetooth�phone.If you change the device name of theaudio, the device name of the phonewill change at same time.However, passcodes can be setseparately.

Page 316: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

316

(e) Initializing the Bluetooth� audiosettingsYou can initialize the settings.

U9010TI

1. Touch “Default” on “BT Audio Set-tings” screen.

U9011TI

2. Touch “Yes”.

When the navigation system is turned on,the “Information” screen displays when it istime to replace a part or certain compo-nents. (See page 27.)

1. Push the “SETUP” button.

2. Touch “Vehicle”.

3. Touch “Maintenance”.

Vehicle Settings —— Maintenance

Page 317: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

317

� Setting maintenance information (Seepage 317.)

� Setting dealer (See page 319.)

(a) Maintenance information setting1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Maintenance” on the “Ve-hicle Settings” screen.

4. Touch the desired button.For details of each touch screen button,see “INFORMATION ITEMS” on page318.

“Delete All”: To cancel all conditionswhich have been inputted.

“Reset All”: To reset the item which hassatisfied a condition.

“Set Dealer”: To register dealer informa-tion. (See “ (b) Dealer setting” on page319.)

“Dealer Info.”: To edit dealer information.(See “ (b) Dealer setting” on page 319.)

“Reminder”: When this button is touched,the indicator is illuminated. The system isset to give maintenance information withthe “Information” screen. (See page 27.)

When the vehicle needs to be serviced, thetouch screen button color will change toorange.

Page 318: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

318

INFORMATION ITEMS“Engine oil”: Replace engine oil

“Oil filter”: Replace engine oil filter

“Rotation”: Rotate tires

“Tires”: Replace tires

“Battery”: Replace battery

“Brake pad”: Replace brake linings

“Wipers”: Replace wiper blades

“Coolant”: Replace engine coolant

“Brake oil”: Replace brake fluid

“Trans. fluid”: Replace transmission fluid

“Service”: Scheduled maintenance

“Air filter”: Replace air filter

“Personal”: New information items canbe created separately from provided ones.

5. Input the conditions.“Date”: The next maintenance date can beinput.

“Distance”: The driving distance until thenext maintenance check can be input.

“Delete”: To cancel the date and distanceconditions.

“Reset”: To reset the date and distanceconditions.6. Touch “OK”.The screen then returns to the “Mainte-nance” screen.

INFORMATION� For scheduled maintenance infor-

mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.

� Depending on driving or road con-ditions, the actual date and dis-tance may differ from the storeddate and distance in the system.

Page 319: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

319

(b) Dealer settingIt is possible to register a dealer in the sys-tem. With dealer information registered,route guidance to the dealer is available.

1. Push the “SETUP” button.2. Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup”screen.3. Touch “Maintenance” on the “Ve-hicle Settings” screen.

4. Touch “Set Dealer”.

5. If the dealer has not been registered,enter the location of the dealer in thesame way as for a destination search.(See “Destination search” on page 52.)

When “Set Dealer” registration is finished,the “Dealer” screen will be displayed.

6. Touch “Edit” for the item you wantto change.“Dealer”: To enter the name of a dealer.(See page 320.)

“Contact”: To enter the name of a dealermember. (See page 320.)

“Location”: To set a location. (See page320.)

“Phone #”: To set a telephone number.(See page 321.)

“Delete Dealer”: To delete the dealer in-formation displayed on the screen.

“Enter ”: To set the displayed dealer asa destination. (See “Starting route guid-ance” on page 72.)

Page 320: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

320

� To edit “Dealer” or “Contact”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Dealer” or “Con-tact”.

2. Enter the name using the alphanu-meric keys.Up to 32 characters can be entered.

3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

� To edit “Location”

1. Touch “Edit” of “Location”.

2. Touch the 8 directional touchscreen button to move the cursor tothe desired point on the map.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

Page 321: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

321

� To edit “Phone #” (telephone num-ber)

1. Touch “Edit” of “Phone #”.

2. Enter the number using numberkeys.3. Touch “OK”.The previous screen will be displayed.

Page 322: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SETUP

322

Page 323: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

SECTION 9

APPENDIX

323

APPENDIX

� Limitations of the navigation system 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Map database information and updates 326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the map DVD−ROM 335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 324: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

324

This navigation system calculates thecurrent vehicle position using satellitesignals, various vehicle signals, mapdata, etc. However, the accurate posi-tion may not be shown depending onthe satellite condition, road configura-tion, vehicle condition or other circum-stances.The Global Positioning System (GPS) de-veloped and operated by the U.S. Depart-ment of Defense provides an accurate cur-rent vehicle position, normally using 4 ormore satellites, and in some case 3 satel-lites. The GPS system has a certain levelof inaccuracy. While the navigation sys-tem will compensate for this most of thetime, occasional positioning errors of up to300 feet (100 m) can and should be expec-ted. Generally, position errors will be cor-rected within a few seconds.

When your vehicle is receiving signalsfrom the satellites, the “GPS” mark ap-pears at the top left of the screen.

The GPS signal may be physically ob-structed, leading to inaccurate vehicleposition on the map display. Tunnels, tallbuildings, trucks, or even the placement ofobjects on the instrument panel may ob-struct the GPS signals.

The GPS satellites may not send signalsdue to repairs or improvements beingmade to them.

Even when the navigation system is re-ceiving clear GPS signals, the vehicleposition may not be shown accurately orinappropriate route guidance may occur insome cases.

NOTICE

The installation of window tintingmay obstruct the GPS signals. Mostwindow tinting contains some metal-lic content that will interfere with GPSsignal reception of the antenna in theinstrument panel. We advise againstthe use of window tinting on vehiclesequipped with navigation systems.

Limitations of the navigation system

Page 325: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

325

(a) Accurate current vehicle positionmay not be shown in the followingcases:� When driving on a small angled Y−

shaped road.

� When driving on a winding road.

� When driving on a slippery road suchas in sand, gravel, snow, etc.

� When driving on a long straight road.

� When motorway and surface streetsrun in parallel.

� After moving by ferry or vehicle carrier.

� When a long route is searched duringhigh speed driving.

� When driving without setting the cur-rent position calibration correctly.

� After repeating a change of direction bygoing forward and backward, or turningon a turntable in the parking lot.

� When leaving a covered parking lot orparking garage.

� When a roof carrier is installed.

� When driving with tire chains installed.

� When the tires are worn.

� After replacing a tire or tires.

� When using tires that are smaller orlarger than the factory specifications.

� When the tire pressure in any of thefour tires is not correct.

INFORMATIONIf your vehicle cannot receive GPSsignals, you can correct the currentposition manually. For informationon setting the current position cal-ibration, see page 267.

(b) Inappropriate route guidance mayoccur in the following cases:� When turning at an intersection off the

designated route guidance.

� If you set more than one destination butskip any of them, auto reroute will dis-play a route returning to the destinationon the previous route.

� When turning at an intersection forwhich there is no route guidance.

� When passing through an intersectionfor which there is no route guidance.

� During auto reroute, the route guid-ance may not be available for the nextturn to the right or left.

� It may take a long time to operate autoreroute during high speed driving. Inauto reroute, a detour route may beshown.

� After auto reroute, the route may not bechanged.

� An unnecessary U−turn may be shownor announced.

� A location may have multiple namesand the system will announce one ormore.

� Some routes may not be searched.

� If the route to your destination includesgravel, unpaved roads or alleys, theroute guidance may not be shown.

� Your destination point might be shownon the opposite side of the street.

� When a portion of the route has regula-tions prohibiting the entry of the vehiclethat vary by time or season or otherreasons.

� The road and map data stored in yournavigation system may not be com-plete or may not be the latest version.

Page 326: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

326

After replacing a tire, implement the op-eration described in the “TIRECHANGE CALIBRATION”. (See page269.)This navigation system uses tire turningdata and is designed to work with factory−specified tires for your vehicle. Installingtires that are larger or smaller than the orig-inally equipped diameter may cause inac-curate display of the vehicle’s position.The tire pressure also affects the diameterof the tires so please make sure the tirepressure of all four tires is correct.

This system uses the maps of DENSO.

© 2011 DENSO CORPORATION

© 2010 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved.

© 2010 Tele Atlas North America, Inc.

All rights reserved. This material isproprietary and the subject of copyrightprotection and other intellectualproperty rights owned by or licensed toTele Atlas North America, Inc. The useof this material is subject to the termsof a license agreement. You will beheld liable for any unauthorizedcopying or disclosure of this material.

Data by infoUSA Copyright © 2010, AllRights Reserved.

© 2010 VISA Corporation

Copyright © CoStar RealtyInformation, Inc.

The Bullseye Design is a registeredtrademark of Target Brands, Inc.

The building footprints and relatedcartographic information in thisproduct comes with MAPMASTERdigital materials.

Map database informationand updates —

Page 327: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

327

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENTPLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENTCAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE

NAVIGATION SYSTEM

THIS IS A LICENSE AGREEMENTFOR YOUR COPY OF THE SPATIALMAP DATABASE, INCLUDINGLOCATION CODES AND RELATEDPRODUCTS (COLLECTIVELY, THE“DATABASE”), USED IN THENAVIGATION SYSTEM. BY USINGTHE NAVIGATION SYSTEM ANDTHE DATABASE, YOU ACCEPT ANDAGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALLTERMS AND CONDITIONS SETFORTH BELOW.

LICENSE GRANTDENSO CORPORATION (“DENSO”),as a licensed distributor of theDATABASE, grants to you anon−exclusive, non−perpetual licenseto use your copy of the DATABASE foryour personal use or for your use inyour business’ internal operations andnot for any other purpose. This licensedoes not include the right to grantsub−licenses.

OWNERSHIPThe DATABASE and the copyrightsand intellectual property andneighboring rights therein are ownedby Tele Atlas North America, Inc.(“TANA”) and its licensors. ThisAgreement does not transfer any titleor interest in the DATABASE, exceptfor the license to use the DATABASEaccording and subject to the terms andconditions of this Agreement. You shallnot alter, obscure or remove anycopyright notices, trademark notices orother restrictive legends relating to theDATABASE.

The DATABASE comprisesconfidential and proprietaryinformation and materials of TANA.Accordingly, you shall hold theDATABASE in confidence and trust.You shall take reasonable steps toprotect the DATABASE frommisappropriation or misuse. You shallnot extract stand−alone data from orpublish any part of the DATABASEwithout the prior written consent ofTANA and its licensors.

LIMITATIONS ON USEThe DATABASE is restricted for use inthe specific system for which it wascreated. Except to the extent explicitlypermitted by mandatory laws, you maynot extract or reutilize any portion ofthe contents of the DATABASE, norreproduce, copy, duplicate, modify,adapt, translate, disassemble,decompile, or reverse engineer anyportion of the DATABASE.

TRANSFERYou may not transfer the DATABASEto third parties, except together withthe system for which it was created,provided that you do not retain anycopy of the DATABASE, and providedthat the transferee agrees to all termsand conditions of this AGREEMENT.

Page 328: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

328

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTYTHE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ONAN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTSBASIS” AND DENSO AND TANA(AND THEIR LICENSORS ANDSUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLYDISCLAIM ALL OTHERWARRANTIES, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFNON−INFRINGEMENT,MERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORY QUALITY,ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE ORINFORMATION PROVIDED BYDENSO OR TANA (OR ANY OFTHEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS,EMPLOYEES OR THIRD PARTYPROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE AWARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOTENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCHADVICE OR INFORMATION. THISDISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES ISAN ESSENTIAL CONDITION OFTHIS AGREEMENT.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITYIN NO EVENT SHALL DENSO ORTANA (OR THEIR LICENSORS ORSUPPLIERS) BE LIABLE FOR ANYINCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,SPECIAL, INDIRECT OREXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISINGOUT OF THIS AGREEMENT ORYOUR USE OF THE DATABASE,INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,LOST PROFITS OR COSTS OFCOVER, LOSS OF USE ORBUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THELIKE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHERTHE PARTY WAS ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

IN NO EVENT WILL THE TOTALLIABILITY OF DENSO OR TANA (ORTHEIR LICENSORS ORSUPPLIERS) EXCEED THEAMOUNTS PAID BY YOU FOR THEDATABASE.

WARNINGSThe DATABASE comprises facts andinformation from government andother sources reflectingcircumstances in existence before youreceived the DATABASE, which maycontain errors and omissions.Accordingly, the DATABASE maycontain inaccurate or incompleteinformation due to the passage of time,changing circumstances, and due tothe nature of the sources used. TheDATABASE does not include or reflectinformation relating to, among otherthings, neighborhood safety; lawenforcement; emergency assistance;construction work; road or laneclosures; vehicle or speed restrictions;road slope or grade; bridge height,weight or other limits; road or trafficconditions; special events; trafficcongestion; or travel time.

Page 329: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

329

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTSIf you are an agency, department, orother entity of the United StatesGovernment, or funded in whole or inpart by the United States Government,then use, duplication, reproduction,release, modification, disclosure ortransfer of this commercial product andaccompanying documentation, isrestricted in accordance with theLIMITED or RESTRICTED rights asdescribed in DFARS252.227−7014(a)(1) (JUN 1995)(DOD commercial computer softwaredefinition), DFARS 227.7202−1 (DODpolicy on commercial computersoftware), FAR 52.227−19 (JUN 1987)(commercial computer softwareclause for civilian agencies), DFARS252.227−7015 (NOV 1995) (DODtechnical data − commercial itemsclause); FAR 52.227−14 Alternates I,II, and III (JUN 1987) (civilian agencytechnical data and noncommercialcomputer software clause); and/orFAR 12.211 and FAR 12.212(commercial item acquisitions), asapplicable. In case of conflict betweenany of the FAR and DFARS provisionslisted herein and this Agreement, theconstruction that provides greaterlimitations on the Government’s rightsshall control. Contractor/manufactureris Tele Atlas North America, Inc., 11Lafayette Street, Lebanon, NH03766−1445. Phone: 603.643. 0330.The DATABASE is ©1984−2010 byTele Atlas North America, Inc. ALLRIGHTS RESERVED. For purpose ofany public disclosure provision underany federal, state or local law, it isagreed that the DATABASE is a tradesecret and a proprietary commercialproduct and not subject to disclosure.

If you are an agency, department, orother entity of any State government,the United States Government or anyother public entity or funded in whole orin part by the United StatesGovernment, then you hereby agree toprotect the DATABASE from publicdisclosure and to consider theDATABASE exempt from any statute,law, regulation, or code, including anySunshine Act, Public Records Act,Freedom of Information Act, orequivalent, which permits publicaccess and/or reproduction or use ofthe Licensed Products. In the eventthat such exemption is challengedunder any such laws, this Agreementshall be considered breached and anyand all right to retain any copies or touse of the DATABASE shall beterminated and consideredimmediately null and void. Any copiesof the DATABASE held by you shallimmediately be destroyed. If any courtof competent jurisdiction considers thisclause void and unenforceable, inwhole or in part, for any reason, thisAgreement shall be consideredterminated and null and void, in itsentirety, and any and all copies of theDATABASE shall immediately bedestroyed.

Page 330: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

330

END USER NOTICEPLEASE READ THIS NOTICECAREFULLY BEFORE USING THISNAVIGATION SYSTEMThe Point Of Interest Data (“POI”Data) in the navigation system is inpart provided by Infogroup Inc.(“Infogroup”). By using the POIData, you accept and agree to allterms and conditions set forthbelow.1. OwnershipAll rights, title and interest to theInfogroup POI Data shall be retainedby Infogroup.

2. Limitations on useExcept to the extent explicitly permittedby mandatory laws, you may not extractor reutilize any portion of the contents ofthe POI Data, nor reproduce, copy,modify, adapt, translate, disassemble,decompile, or reverse engineer anyportion of the POI Data.

3. TransferYou may not transfer the POI Data tothird parties, except together with thesystem for which it was created,provided that you do not retain anycopy of the POI Data.

4. Disclaimer of warrantyEXCEPT AS STATED HEREIN,INFOGROUP MAKES NO EXPRESSOR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ORWARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY.

5. Limitation of LiabilityEITHER INFOGROUP OR SUPPLIEROF POI DATA SHALL NOT BE LIABLEFOR ANY INDIRECT,CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTALDAMAGES MADE OR ALLEGED INCONNECTION WITH YOUR USE OFTHE POI DATA.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENTPersonal Use Only. You agree to usethis information for solely personal,non−commercial purposes, and not forservice bureau, time−sharing or othersimilar purposes. You may not modifythe information or remove anycopyright notices that appear on theinformation in any way. You may notdecompile, disassemble or reverseengineer any portion of thisinformation, and may not transfer ordistribute it in any form, for anypurpose. Without limiting theforegoing, you may not use thisinformation with any products,systems, or applications installed orotherwise connected to or incommunication with vehicles, capableof vehicle navigation, positioning,dispatch, real time route guidance,fleet management or similarapplications.

No Warranty. This information isprovided to you “as is,” and you agreeto use it at your own risk. DENSO andits licensors (and their licensors andsuppliers, collectively “DENSO”) makeno guarantees, representations orwarranties of any kind, express orimplied, arising by law or otherwise,including but not limited to, andDENSO expressly disclaims anywarranties regarding content, quality,accuracy, completeness,effectiveness, reliability, fitness for aparticular purpose, non−infringement,usefulness, use or results to beobtained from this information, or thatthe information or server will beuninterrupted or error−free. Somestates, territories and countries do notallow certain warranty exclusions, soto that extent, the above exclusion maynot apply to you.

Page 331: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

331

Disclaimer of Liability: DENSO SHALLNOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANYCLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,IRRESPECTIVE OF ITS NATURE,ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY ORDAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT,INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIALOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,INCLUDING ANY LOSS OF PROFIT,REVENUE OR CONTRACTSARISING OUT OF YOURPOSSESSION, USE OF ORINABILITY TO USE THISINFORMATION, ANY DEFECT INTHE INFORMATION, OR THEBREACH OF THESE TERMS ORCONDITIONS, WHETHER IN ANACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORTOR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVENIF DENSO OR ITS LICENSORSHAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.Some states, territories and countriesdo not allow certain liability exclusionsor damages limitations, so to thatextent the above may not apply to you.

Indemnity. You agree to indemnify,defend and hold DENSO and itslicensors (including their respectivelicensors, suppliers, assignees,subsidiaries, affiliated companies, andthe respective officers, directors,employees, shareholders, agents andrepresentatives of each of them) freeand harmless from and against anyliability, loss, injury (including injuriesresulting in death), demand, action,cost, expense, or claim of any kind orcharacter, including but not limited toattorney’s fees, arising out of or inconnection with any use or possessionby you of this information.

END USER NOTICEThe marks of companies displayed bythis product to indicate businesslocations are the marks of theirrespective owners. The use of suchmarks in this product does not imply anysponsorship, approval, or endorsementby such companies of this product.

END−USER TERMSThe data (“Data”) is provided for yourpersonal, internal use only and not forresale. It is protected by copyright, andis subject to the following terms andconditions which are agreed to by you,on the one hand, and DENSOCORPORATION (“DENSO”) and itslicensors (including their licensors andsuppliers) on the other hand.

© 2010 NAVTEQ. All rights reserved.

NAVTEQ holds a non−exclusivelicense from the United States PostalService to publish and sell ZIP+4information.

©United States Postal Service 2010.Prices are not established, controlledor approved by the United StatesPostal Service. The followingtrademarks and registrations areowned by the USPS: United StatesPostal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.

Page 332: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

332

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Personal Use Only. You agree to usethis Data together with vehiclenavigation system for the solelypersonal, non−commercial purposesfor which you were licensed, and notfor service bureau, time−sharing orother similar purposes. Accordingly,but subject to the restrictions set forthin the following paragraphs, you maycopy this Data only as necessary foryour personal use to (i) view it, and (ii)save it, provided that you do notremove any copyright notices thatappear and do not modify the Data inany way. You agree not to otherwisereproduce, copy, modify, decompile,disassemble or reverse engineer anyportion of this Data, and may nottransfer or distribute it in any form, forany purpose, except to the extentpermitted by mandatory laws.Multi−disc sets may only betransferred or sold as a complete setas provided by DENSO and not as asubset thereof.

Restrictions. Except where you havebeen specifically licensed to do so byDENSO, and without limiting thepreceding paragraph, you may not (a)use this Data with any products,systems, or applications installed orotherwise connected to or incommunication with vehicles, capableof vehicle navigation, positioning,dispatch, real time route guidance,fleet management or similarapplications; or (b) with or incommunication with any positioningdevices or any mobile orwireless−connected electronic orcomputer devices, including withoutlimitation cellular phones, palmtop andhandheld computers, pagers, andpersonal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning. The Data may containinaccurate or incomplete informationdue to the passage of time, changingcircumstances, sources used and thenature of collecting comprehensivegeographic data, any of which maylead to incorrect results.

No Warranty. This Data is provided toyou “as is,” and you agree to use it atyour own risk. DENSO and itslicensors (and their licensors andsuppliers) make no guarantees,representations or warranties of anykind, express or implied, arising by lawor otherwise, including but not limitedto, content, quality, accuracy,completeness, effectiveness,reliability, fitness for a particularpurpose, usefulness, use or results tobe obtained from this Data, or that theData or server will be uninterrupted orerror−free.

Page 333: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

333

Disclaimer of Warranty: DENSO ANDITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIRLICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OFQUALITY, PERFORMANCE,MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE ORNON−INFRINGEMENT. Some States,Territories and Countries do not allowcertain warranty exclusions, so to thatextent the above exclusion may notapply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability: DENSO ANDITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIRLICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: INRESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMANDOR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OFTHE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OFTHE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTIONALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY ORDAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THEUSE OR POSSESSION OF THEINFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSSOF PROFIT, REVENUE,CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANYOTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF ORINABILITY TO USE THISINFORMATION, ANY DEFECT INTHE INFORMATION, OR THEBREACH OF THESE TERMS ORCONDITIONS, WHETHER IN ANACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORTOR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVENIF DENSO OR ITS LICENSORSHAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.Some States, Territories and Countriesdo not allow certain liability exclusionsor damages limitations, so to thatextent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control. You agree not to exportfrom anywhere any part of the Dataprovided to you or any direct productthereof except in compliance with, andwith all licenses and approvalsrequired under, applicable export laws,rules and regulations.

Entire Agreement. These terms andconditions constitute the entireagreement between DENSO (and itslicensors, including their licensors andsuppliers) and you pertaining to thesubject matter hereof, and supersedesin their entirety any and all written ororal agreements previously existingbetween us with respect to suchsubject matter.

Governing Law. The above terms andconditions shall be governed by thelaws of the State of Illinois, withoutgiving effect to (i) its conflict of lawsprovisions, or (ii) the United NationsConvention for Contracts for theInternational Sale of Goods, which isexplicitly excluded. You agree tosubmit to the jurisdiction of the State ofIllinois for any and all disputes, claimsand actions arising from or inconnection with the Data provided toyou hereunder.

Government End Users. If the Data isbeing acquired by or on behalf of theUnited States government or any otherentity seeking or applying rights similarto those customarily claimed by theUnited States government, this Data isa “commercial item” as that term isdefined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, islicensed in accordance with theseEnd−User Terms, and each copy ofData delivered or otherwise furnishedshall be marked and embedded asappropriate with the following “Noticeof Use,” and shall be treated inaccordance with such Notice:

Page 334: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

334

NOTICE OF USECONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/

SUPPLIER) NAME: NAVTEQ

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS:

425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606

This Data is a commercial item asdefined in FAR 2.101 and is subject

to these End−User Terms underwhich this data was provided.

© 2010 NAVTEQ − All rights reserved.

If the Contracting Officer, federalgovernment agency, or any federalofficial refuses to use the legendprovided herein, the ContractingOfficer, federal government agency, orany federal official must notifyNAVTEQ prior to seeking additional oralternative rights in the Data.

There are two types of areas availablefor route guidance. In one type of area,primarily around metropolitan centers,detailed route guidance is available forthe entire area. In the other type of area,all roads are displayed on the map butroute guidance is limited. The naviga-tion route might lack precision becausethe data (no right turns, one−way traf-fic, etc.) is not complete. It is still pos-sible to reach the destination by follow-ing the arrow direction and distance asshown on the bottom left of the screen.The arrow points in the direction of thedestination. The distance shown is asmeasured in a straight line from the cur-rent vehicle position to the destinationarea.In order to provide you with as accuratemap information as possible, we are al-ways gathering information such as onroad repairs and carrying out on−site in-vestigations. However, the names ofroads, streets, facilities, and their locationsfrequently change. In some places,construction on roads may be in progress.For that reason, information on someareas in this system might be different fromthe actual location.

The map database is normally updatedonce a year. Contact your Toyota dealerfor information about the availability andpricing of an update.

Page 335: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

335

1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.

2. Touch “Map Data”.

3. Touch “ DVD”.

4. Insert a new map DVD−ROM with thelabel side up.

5. Push the “LOAD· /CLOSE” but-ton to close the display.

— Changing the mapDVD−ROM

Page 336: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

336

CAUTION

� Do not place anything on theopened display, as such items maybe thrown about and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle duringsudden braking or in an accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury inthe case of an accident or suddenstopping while driving, keep thedisplay closed.

� Take care not to jam your handwhile the display is moving. Other-wise, you could be injured.

NOTICE

� Do not obstruct the display while itis moving. It could damage yournavigation system.

� If a disc cannot be ejected, do notforcibly take out the disc. Keeppushing the “LOAD· /CLOSE”button for approximately 5 sec-onds and release it. At this time,the audio disc and the map DVD−ROM will be ejected.

INFORMATIONUnder extremely cold conditions, thedisplay may react slowly or operationsound may become louder.

� To confirm the database versionand disc coverage area

1. Push the “INFO/PHONE” button.

2. Touch “Map Data”.

Make sure the version of the database onthis screen.

To display the disc coverage area, touch“Map Data Coverage”. Confirm the cov-ered area on the screen.

Contact your Toyota dealer to find out ifthere is a more recent update released.

Page 337: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

337

� CertificationFor vehicles sold in Canada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device. This CategoryII radiocommunication device complieswith Industry Canada StandardRSS−310.

L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autoriséeseulement aux deux conditionssuivantes: (1) il ne doit pas produire debrouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du dispositifdoit être prêt à accepter tout brouillageradioélectrique reçu, même si cebrouillage est susceptible decompromettre le fonctionnement dudispositif. Ce dispositif deradiocommunication de catégorie IIrespecte la norme CNR−310 d’IndustrieCanada.

Page 338: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

APPENDIX

338

Page 339: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

INDEX

339

For navigation system function, please also refer to the “Navigation systemfunction index” on page 18.

Page 340: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

340

Numbers/Symbols? button 20, 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Routes selection 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AA2DP(Advanced Audio

Distribution Profile) 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Address Book button 20, 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . Address book entry information 37. . . . . . . Address button 20, 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabet key 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM button 146, 149, 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM tab 149, 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angle mark 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Areas to avoid 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrow screen 39, 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASL 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUDIO button 146, 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio button 22, 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio language 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio settings 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video remote controls 219. . . . . . . . . Audio/video system 145. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio/video system

operating hints 221. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto avoid traffic 98, 262, 264. . . . . . . . . . . Auto complete text 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto screen change 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto voice guidance 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic recognition 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic sound levelizer 152. . . . . . . . . . . AUX adapter 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUX tab 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVRCP(Audio/Video

Remote Control Profile) 178. . . . . . . . . . .

BBalance 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic function 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bass 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beep 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� 122, 178, 301, 309. . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� audio operation 178. . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� audio player 178, 309. . . . . . . . Bluetooth� connection statue

at start up 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth� information 310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brightness 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BT tab 149, 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Building information 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CCalendar 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calendar button 23, 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration 262, 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by call history 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by dial 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by phonebook 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by POI call 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by speed dial 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call by voice recognition 136. . . . . . . . . . . . Call history 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Call on the Bluetooth� phone 132. . . . . . . . Categories 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAUTION screen 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD changer operation 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD tab 149, 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cellular phone 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 341: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

341

Change “Icon” 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change “Location” 113, 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change “Name” 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change “Phone #” 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change “Show Name” 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change “Size” 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing a device name 310. . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the angle 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the audio language 201. . . . . . . . Changing the Bluetooth� settings 302. . . . . Changing the device name 315. . . . . . . . . . Changing the handsfree power 302. . . . . . . Changing the map DVD−ROM 335. . . . . . . Changing the passcode 315. . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the subtitle language 200. . . . . . . Chapter 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City center 62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City name 55, 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City to search 55, 60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock button 22, 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock settings 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Color 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command list 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compass mode 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compass mode screen 39, 41. . . . . . . . . . . Connecting a Bluetooth�

audio player 181, 314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting a Bluetooth� phone 128. . . . . . Contacts 133, 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contrast 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinates button 20, 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position display 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position/tire change

calibration 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor position as a destination 34. . . . . . . Cursor position as

an address book entry 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . Customize POI icons 262. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DDatabase version 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dayligth saving time 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dealer setting 319. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default

202, 263, 267, 272, 305, 308, 316. . . . . Del. Dest. button 20, 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delete personal data 252, 256. . . . . . . . . . . Deleting a Bluetooth� phone 279. . . . . . . . . Deleting address book entries 114. . . . . . . . Deleting areas to avoid 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting call history 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting destinations 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting home 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting preset destinations 108. . . . . . . . . Deleting previous destinations 119. . . . . . . Deleting set destinations 71, 85. . . . . . . . . . Deleting the phonebook data 287. . . . . . . . Deleting the speed dial 295. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deleting the voice tag 301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of DVD controls 199. . . . . . . . . Description of settings 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of video CD controls 208. . . . . Description of video CD settings 207. . . . . . DEST button 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 20, 52. . . . Destination information 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination screen 20, 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search 51, 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Address” 55. . . . . . . Destination search by

“Address Book” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Coordinates” 71. . . Destination search by “Emergency” 66. . . . Destination search by

“Intersection & Freeway” 67. . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by “Map” 70. . . . . . . . . . Destination search by

“Point of Interest” 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by

“Previous Destinations” 65. . . . . . . . . . . . Destination search by Home 54. . . . . . . . . . Destination search by

Preset destinations 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detailed navigation settings 261. . . . . . . . . . Details 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detour setting 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dialing by name 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 342: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

342

DISC·AUX button146, 149, 169, 183, 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disc coverage area 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disc slot 166, 186, 335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISP button 10, 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display phone status 307. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display POI icons 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying DVD controls 198. . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying the title and name 163. . . . . . . . Displaying video CD controls 208. . . . . . . . Displaying video CD settings 207. . . . . . . . . Distance and time to destination 10, 83. . . . Driving precautions 241. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driving speeds 262, 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSP control 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual map 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual map screen 39, 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD controls 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD language 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD player and

DVD video disc information 210. . . . . . . . DVD player operation 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD settings 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD tab 149, 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DVD video disc glossary 211. . . . . . . . . . . . DVD video discs 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EEdit “Dealer” or “Contact” 320. . . . . . . . . . . . Edit “Location” 320. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit “Phone #” 321. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit route 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing address book entries 110. . . . . . . . . Editing area to avoid 116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing home 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing preset destinations 107. . . . . . . . . . . Editing the Bluetooth� phone 277. . . . . . . . Editing the device name 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the passcode 304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the phonebook data 285. . . . . . . . . . Editing the speed dial 294. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing the voice tag 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eject button 167, 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ejecting a disc 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ejecting discs 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency button 20, 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter a Bluetooth� phone 126. . . . . . . . . . . Enter audio language code 203. . . . . . . . . . Estimated arrival time 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimated course line display

mode 244. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimated travel time 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FFM button 146, 149, 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM tab 149, 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot print map 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot print map button 10, 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . Freeway exit information screen 78. . . . . . . Freeway screen 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function help 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function menu display screen 146. . . . . . . Function menu tab 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GGeneral button 22, 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General settings 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Go Home button 20, 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPS mark 10, 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidance screen for the freeway 79. . . . . . Guidance screen on the freeway 39. . . . . . Guidance with street names 262. . . . . . . . . Guide line display mode 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . Guiding the route 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HHands−free system 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hands−free system

for cellular phone 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heading−up 10, 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heading−up symbol 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Help 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HFP (Hands Free Profile) 122. . . . . . . . . . . Home 12, 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 343: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

343

IIf the message “System initializing”

will be displayed 249. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If the player malfunctions 178, 209. . . . . . . Important information

about this manual 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incoming call display 306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INFO/PHONE button

10, 23, 126, 143, 335, 336. . . . . . . . . . . . Information about the icon 36. . . . . . . . . . . . Information items 318. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Information screen 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial screen 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initializing the Bluetooth�

audio settings 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initializing the Bluetooth�

phone settings 305. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initializing the detailed phone

settings 308. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input numbers 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Input symbols 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inputting letters and numbers/

List screen operation 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting discs 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inserting the disc 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupt call 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intersection & Freeway button 20, 67. . . . . Intersection guidance screen 39, 79. . . . . . iPod compatibility 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod information 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod operation 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

KKeyboard layout 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LLanguage 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last 5 cities 57, 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limitations of the

navigation system 324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line color 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List All Categories button

61, 64, 93, 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . List screen operation 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Listening to satellite radio 161. . . . . . . . . . . Listening to the radio 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOAD·CLOSE button

146, 166, 167, 335. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Local POI list 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MMaintenance 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance information 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance information setting 317. . . . . . Manage phone 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maneuvering when parking 237. . . . . . . . . . Map button 20, 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map data 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map Data button 23, 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map database information

and updates 326. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map DVD 336. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map icons 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map scale 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map screen operation 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAP/VOICE button 10, 33, 34, 82. . . . . . . . Mark button 10, 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marks shown on DVD video discs 210. . . . Memory point names 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message button 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Microphone 46, 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mid 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP3 173, 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . My places 101. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NNames of areas to be avoided 117. . . . . . . Navi. button 22, 102, 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation settings 102, 261. . . . . . . . . . . . Navigation settings screen 102, 261. . . . . . Navigation system function index 18. . . . . . North−up 10, 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North−up symbol 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OOff function 10, 262, 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One−touch scroll 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating a Bluetooth�

audio player 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating a DVD video disc 195. . . . . . . . . Operating a MP3 disc 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating a MP3/WMA disc 173. . . . . . . . . Operating a video CD 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating an audio CD 170, 188. . . . . . . . . Operating

by voice recognition 141, 280. . . . . . . . . OPP (Object Push Profile) 122. . . . . . . . . . . Orientation of the map 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview buttons

and guidance screen 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 344: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

344

PParental lock 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pause guidance 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pausing and resuming guidance 91. . . . . . . PBAP

(Phone Book Access Profile) 122. . . . . . . Phone button 22, 23, 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phonebook 133, 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing a Bluetooth� audio 183. . . . . . . . . . Playing a disc 169, 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing a DVD disc 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing a MP3 disc 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing a MP3/WMA disc 173. . . . . . . . . . . . Playing a USB memory or iPod 212. . . . . . Playing a video CD 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Playing an audio CD 170, 188. . . . . . . . . . . POI as a destination 95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POI category change 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POI information 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Point of Interest button 20, 59. . . . . . . . . . . . POIs near the search point 64. . . . . . . . . . . POIs to be displayed 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pop−up information 262, 269. . . . . . . . . . . . Portable audio players 155, 178. . . . . . . . . Position/direction calibration 268. . . . . . . . . Preset destination 14, 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preset destination touch screen

buttons 20, 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presetting a satellite radio channel 162. . . Presetting a station 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Previous Destinations button 20, 65. . . . . . . PWR·VOL knob 146, 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

QQuick guide 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick reference 20, 22, 23, 146. . . . . . . . . .

RRadio data system 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio ID 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radio operation 155, 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RAND button

172, 177, 185, 190, 194, 218. . . . . . . . . . RDS 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear system lock 252, 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear view monitor system 232. . . . . . . . . . . Rear view monitor system camera 235. . . . Receive on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . Reconnecting the Bluetooth�

audio 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reconnecting the Bluetooth�

phone 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Region code 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering a Bluetooth� phone 273. . . . . . Registering address book entries 109. . . . . Registering areas to avoid 115. . . . . . . . . . . Registering home 12, 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering preset destinations 14, 106. . . Registering the phonebook data 284. . . . . . Registering the speed dial 290. . . . . . . . . . . Registering the voice tag 298. . . . . . . . . . . . Removing a Bluetooth� audio 313. . . . . . . . Reordering destinations 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resume guidance 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ring volume setting 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route button 10, 84, 85, 86, 87, 89, 91. . . . Route guidance 77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route guidance screen 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route overview 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route preference 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route preview 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route trace 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RPT button

172, 177, 185, 190, 194, 218. . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 345: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

345

SSafety instruction 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SAT button 146, 149, 155, 161. . . . . . . . . . SAT tab 149, 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satellite radio channel category 161. . . . . . Satellite radio tuner malfunctions 164. . . . . Satellite tuner 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scale indicator 10, 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCAN button

171, 176, 190, 193, 194, 217. . . . . . . . . . Screen adjustment 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen configuration button 10, 39. . . . . . . . Screen for navigation settings 262. . . . . . . . Screen for voice settings 259. . . . . . . . . . . . Screen layout function 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen off 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen scroll operation 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen size 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screens for clock settings 258. . . . . . . . . . . Screens for general settings 252. . . . . . . . . Search area 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Address Book” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Address” 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Category” 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Coordinates” 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Emergency” 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Intersection & Freeway” 67. . . . Search by “Map” 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Name” 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Phone #” 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by “Point of Interest” 59. . . . . . . . . . Search by “Previous Destinations” 65. . . . . Search by Freeway Entrance/Exit 69. . . . . Search by Home 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by Intersection 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search by Preset destinations 54. . . . . . . . Search by street address 57. . . . . . . . . . . . . Search point from along my route 62. . . . . Search point from near a destination 63. . . Search point from near city center 62. . . . . Search point from near here 62. . . . . . . . . . Searching by title 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching by track 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching for a desired disc 171. . . . . . . . . Searching for a desired file

176, 193, 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching for a desired folder

176, 194, 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Searching for a desired track 171, 190. . . SEEK/TRACK button

146, 157, 162, 170, 174,. . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 189, 192, 200, 209,215

Select POI icons 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select portable player 309. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select route features 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select route type 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a Bluetooth� phone 275. . . . . . . . Selecting a city to search 55, 60. . . . . . . . . . Selecting a desired album 185. . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a desired disc 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a desired file 174, 192. . . . . . . . . Selecting a desired file or track 215. . . . . . . Selecting a desired folder 173, 191, 214. . Selecting a desired track 170, 184, 189. . . Selecting a keyboard layout 255. . . . . . . . . Selecting a language 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a menu item 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a play mode 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting a satellite radio channel 162. . . . Selecting a station 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting connection method 311. . . . . . . . Selecting from the categories 61. . . . . . . . . Selecting from the last 5 cities 63. . . . . . . . Selecting the desired mode 149, 219. . . . . Selecting the line color 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting the search area 52. . . . . . . . . . . . Setting and deleting destinations 84. . . . . . Setting Bluetooth� audio 311. . . . . . . . . . . . Setting home as the destination 17. . . . . . . Setting route 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the phonebook 281. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the voice tag 297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the “Address Book” 108. . . . . . . Setting up the “Areas to Avoid” 114. . . . . . . Setting up the “Home” 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting up the

“Preset Destinations” 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SETUP button

10, 22, 102, 252, 257, 259,. . . . . . . . . . . 261, 270, 309, 316

Setup menu 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setup operation from the rear seat 206. . . . Setup screen 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show free flowing traffic 98, 262, 265. . . . . Show on map 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Show on Map button 10, 92, 96. . . . . . . . . . Show XM� NavTraffic

information 98, 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single map 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single map screen 39, 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sort 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sound icons 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech command system 44, 148. . . . . . . Speed dial 134, 290, 294, 295. . . . . . . . . . . Speed dials setting 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U

Page 346: Introduction - Toyota...Introduction This manual explains the operation of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep this manual in your vehicle

INDEX

346

Starting route from adjacent road 91. . . . . . Starting route guidance 72. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering switches 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Street name 55, 57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subtitle language 202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switching between audio functions 149. . . Switching the screens 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TTalk on the Bluetooth� phone 139. . . . . . . . Talk switch 44, 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone and information 121. . . . . . . . . . Telephone settings 270. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telephone switch 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time zone 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire change calibration 267, 269. . . . . . . . . Title 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tone 31, 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tone and balance 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Touch screen operation 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic announcement 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic button 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traffic voice guidance 98, 259, 260. . . . . . . Transferring a phone number 282. . . . . . . . Treble 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TUNE·FILE knob

146, 155, 161, 174, 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn list screen 39, 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turning the audio system

on and off 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TypeSeek button 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical voice guidance prompts 81. . . . . . .

UUnit of measurement 252, 255. . . . . . . . . . Using your audio/video system 147. . . . . . . USB memory information 221. . . . . . . . . . . . USB memory operation 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . USB tab 149, 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VVehicle button 22, 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle settings 316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video CD controls 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewer restrictions 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice button 22, 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice guidance in all modes 259. . . . . . . . . Voice recognition 136, 141, 280. . . . . . . . . . Voice recognition guidance 259. . . . . . . . . . Voice settings 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice tag 137, 297. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice volume 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice volume setting 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume 149, 219, 260, 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . Volume setting 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

WWMA 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XXM� NavTraffic 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XM� NavTraffic icon 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XM� NavTraffic indicator 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . XM� NavTraffic information arrow 99. . . . . XM� NavTraffic mark 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XM� NavTraffic text information 39. . . . . . . XM� Satellite Radio broadcast 160. . . . . . .

ZZoom in button 10, 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zoom out button 10, 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12/05/16SIENNA (Mid)_Navi_UOM45475U